manualshive.com logo in svg

Alcatel-Lucent OmniSwitch 6250, Cli Reference Manual, Page: 1564 / 2018

Share
Download
Alcatel-Lucent OmniSwitch 6250 Cli Reference Manual Download Page 1564

QoS Policy Commands

page 39-68

OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide

November 2009

policy condition established

Configures an established TCP connection as a policy condition. A connection is considered established if 
the 

ack

 or 

rst

 flags in the TCP header of the packet are set. 

policy condition condition_name established

policy condition condition_name no established

Syntax Definitions

condition_name

The name of the condition.

Defaults

N/A

Platforms Supported

OmniSwitch 6250 

Usage Guidelines

•

Use the 

no

 form of this command to remove 

established

 from a condition; however, at least one classi-

fication parameter must be associated with a condition.

•

When an initial TCP connection packet is received only the 

syn

 flag is set. As a result, TCP packets are 

only examined if they are not the starting packet.

•

Typically this condition is used in combination with 

source ip,

 

destination ip

, 

source port

, 

source 

TCP port

, or 

destination TCP port

 conditions. 

•

The 

source mac

, 

destination mac

, and 

ethertype conditions

 cannot be combined with the 

estab-

lished

 condition parameter.

•

Note that even though 

established

 can be used with most action parameters, it is mainly intended for 

ACL use. 

Examples

-> policy condition cond2 source ip 192.168.5.10 established

-> policy condition cond3 destination ip 10.255.11.40

Release History

Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.

Related Commands 

qos apply

Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration. 

policy condition

Creates a policy condition.

show policy condition

Shows information about policy conditions configured on the switch.

Summary of Contents for OmniSwitch 6250

Page 1: ...Part No 060305 10 Rev A November 2009 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide www alcatel lucent com...

Page 2: ...are registered trademarks of Alcatel Lucent OmniAccess Omni Switch Router PolicyView RouterView SwitchManager VoiceView WebView X Cell X Vision and the Xylan logo are trademarks of Alcatel Lucent Thi...

Page 3: ...Technical Support xxxiii Chapter 1 CMM Commands 1 1 reload 1 2 reload working 1 4 copy running config working 1 6 write memory 1 8 copy working certified 1 10 copy flash synchro 1 12 takeover 1 13 sho...

Page 4: ...ommands 3 1 mac range eeprom 3 2 mac retention status 3 4 mac retention dup mac trap 3 5 mac release 3 6 show mac range 3 7 show mac range alloc 3 9 show mac retention status 3 11 Chapter 4 Power over...

Page 5: ...ix 6 13 alias 6 14 show alias 6 16 user profile save 6 17 user profile reset 6 18 history size 6 19 show history 6 20 6 22 command log 6 24 kill 6 25 exit 6 26 whoami 6 27 who 6 30 show session config...

Page 6: ...8 4 https port 8 5 debug http sessiondb 8 6 show http 8 8 Chapter 9 Configuration File Manager Commands 9 1 configuration apply 9 2 configuration error file limit 9 4 show configuration status 9 6 con...

Page 7: ...12 lacp linkagg actor admin key 12 14 lacp linkagg actor system priority 12 15 lacp linkagg actor system id 12 16 lacp linkagg partner system id 12 17 lacp linkagg partner system priority 12 19 lacp...

Page 8: ...istributed Spanning Tree Commands 16 1 bridge mode 16 4 bridge protocol 16 6 bridge cist protocol 16 8 bridge 1x1 protocol 16 10 bridge mst region name 16 12 bridge mst region revision level 16 14 bri...

Page 9: ...ole 16 103 bridge cist slot port restricted tcn 16 105 bridge 1x1 slot port restricted tcn 16 107 bridge cist txholdcount 16 109 bridge 1x1 txholdcount 16 110 bridge rrstp 16 111 bridge rrstp ring 16...

Page 10: ...ty mac 19 11 port security mac range 19 13 port security violation 19 15 port security release 19 17 port security learn trap threshold 19 19 show port security 19 20 show port security shutdown 19 23...

Page 11: ...84 show interfaces hybrid collisions 20 86 show interfaces hybrid traffic 20 88 show interfaces hybrid port 20 90 show interfaces hybrid flood rate 20 92 show interfaces hybrid ifg 20 94 Chapter 21 P...

Page 12: ...vice svlan nni 24 8 ethernet service nni 24 10 ethernet service sap 24 12 ethernet service sap uni 24 14 ethernet service sap cvlan 24 16 ethernet service sap profile 24 18 ethernet service sap sap pr...

Page 13: ...efm oam 26 3 efm oam port status 26 4 efm oam port mode 26 6 efm oam port keepalive interval 26 8 efm oam port hello interval 26 9 efm oam port remote loopback 26 11 efm oam port remote loopback star...

Page 14: ...29 18 ip service 29 19 ip redist 29 21 ip access list 29 23 ip access list address 29 24 ip route map action 29 26 ip route map match ip address 29 28 ip route map match ipv6 address 29 30 ip route m...

Page 15: ...istics 29 106 show tcp statistics 29 108 show tcp ports 29 110 show udp statistics 29 112 show udp ports 29 113 show ip dos config 29 114 show ip dos statistics 29 116 show ip dos arp poison 29 118 Ch...

Page 16: ...nterface send status 30 78 ipv6 rip interface horizon 30 79 show ipv6 rip 30 80 show ipv6 rip interface 30 82 show ipv6 rip peer 30 85 show ipv6 rip routes 30 87 Chapter 31 RDP Commands 31 1 ip router...

Page 17: ...2 41 ip helper boot up enable 32 42 ip udp relay 32 43 ip udp relay vlan 32 45 show ip helper 32 47 show ip helper stats 32 51 show ip helper dhcp snooping vlan 32 53 show ip helper dhcp snooping port...

Page 18: ...w health threshold 36 6 show health interval 36 8 show health 36 9 show health all 36 11 show health slice 36 13 show health fabric 36 15 Chapter 37 sFlow Commands 37 1 sflow receiver 37 3 sflow sampl...

Page 19: ...icy port group 39 17 policy map group 39 19 policy service 39 21 policy service protocol 39 24 policy service source tcp port 39 26 policy service destination tcp port 39 28 policy service source udp...

Page 20: ...114 policy action priority 39 116 policy action maximum bandwidth 39 118 policy action maximum depth 39 120 policy action tos 39 122 policy action 802 1p 39 124 policy action dscp 39 126 policy action...

Page 21: ...er events 40 14 Chapter 41 IP Multicast Switching Commands 41 1 ip multicast status 41 3 ip multicast querier forwarding 41 5 ip multicast version 41 7 ip multicast static neighbor 41 9 ip multicast s...

Page 22: ...source 41 99 Chapter 42 IP Multicast VLAN Commands 42 1 vlan ipmvlan 42 2 vlan ipmvlan ctag 42 4 vlan ipmvlan address 42 6 vlan ipmvlan sender port 42 8 vlan ipmvlan receiver port 42 10 vlan svlan po...

Page 23: ...piration 43 72 show user password policy 43 73 show user lockout setting 43 75 debug command info 43 77 debug end user profile 43 79 show end user profile 43 81 show aaa user network profile 43 83 sho...

Page 24: ...c License Version 2 8 17 August 2003 A 18 C Linux A 19 D GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 A 19 E University of California A 24 F Carnegie Mellon University A 24 G Random c A 24 H Apptitu...

Page 25: ...0 Enterprise Models OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Note This OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide covers Release 6 6 1 which is supported on the OmniSwitch 6250 Series Unsupported Platforms The informati...

Page 26: ...vestigating the detailed command information in this guide Overview information procedures and live network examples on switch software features may be found in the OmniSwitch 6250 Switch Management G...

Page 27: ...lly commands in a single chapter will share a common prefix Text Conventions The following table contains text conventions and usage guidelines for CLI commands as they are documented in this guide bo...

Page 28: ...ple the command string show health threshold rx txrx memory cpu separates the choices rx txrx memory and cpu Examples show health threshold rx show health threshold txrx show health threshold memory s...

Page 29: ...aspects of its hard ware and software Information about switch hardware is provided in the platform specific Hardware Users Guide This guide provide specifications illustrations and descriptions of al...

Page 30: ...Management Guide Includes procedures for readying an individual switch for integration into a network Topics include the software directory architecture image rollback protections authenticated switc...

Page 31: ...the global search option look for the following button in the toolbar Note When printing pages from the documentation PDFs de select Fit to Page if it is selected in your print dialog Otherwise pages...

Page 32: ...Technical Support About This Guide page xxxii OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 33: ...nformation for the CMM commands is as follows Filename AlcatelIND1Chassis mib Module ALCATEL IND1 CHASSIS MIB Filename AlcatelIND1ConfigMgr mib Module ALCATEL IND1 CONFIG MGR MIB DEFINITIONS A summary...

Page 34: ...e reload will take place on the following day month day day month The name of the month and the number of the day for the scheduled reload Specify a month name and the day number It is unimportant if...

Page 35: ...load primary at 15 25 august 10 reload primary at 15 25 10 august Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects chasEntPhysicalTable csEntPhysicalIndex chasEntPhysA...

Page 36: ...nal syntax Schedules a reload of the working directory to take place at the specified time using a 24 hour clock If you do not specify the month and day the reload takes place at the specified time on...

Page 37: ...working directory of the primary CMM switch Examples reload working rollback timeout 5 reload working no rollback timeout reload working no rollback timeout in 50 reload working rollback timeout 10 a...

Page 38: ...nning configura tion RAM to the working directory This command is only valid if the switch is running from the working directory Use the show running directory command to check from where the switch i...

Page 39: ...asControlModuleTable csEntPhysicalIndex chasControlVersionMngt write memory Copies the running primary RAM version of the CMM software to the working primary flash copy flash synchro Copies the startu...

Page 40: ...unning This command performs the same function as the copy running config working command Note The saved boot cfg file will be overwritten if the takeover command is executed after the copy running co...

Page 41: ...CMM Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 1 9 MIB Objects configManager configWriteMemory...

Page 42: ...working command synchronizes the files between the primary and secondary CMMs by overwriting the contents of the secondary CMM certified directory with the contents of the primary CMM certified direc...

Page 43: ...lVersionMngt copy working certified Copies the running primary RAM version of the CMM software to the working primary flash Or copy the startup primary flash version of the CMM software to the working...

Page 44: ...the switch is part of stackable configuration all switches in the stack are updated with the primary CMM files Examples copy flash synchro configure copy flash synchro Release History Release 6 6 1 c...

Page 45: ...imary and secondary roles the console session to the new primary CMM is disconnected To continue managing the switch be sure that you have physical connections to both CMMs or local access to the swit...

Page 46: ...CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Command MIB Objects chasEntPhysicalTable csEntPhysicalIndex chasEntPhysAdminStatus reload Reboots the CMM...

Page 47: ...y CMM Examples show running directory CONFIGURATION STATUS Running CMM PRIMARY CMM Mode DUAL CMMs Current CMM Slot 1 Running configuration WORKING Certify Restore Status CERTIFY NEEDED SYNCHRONIZATION...

Page 48: ...eover If a configuration change is made to one or more NI modules e g a VLAN is configured on several different interfaces and the changes are not saved via the write memory command the corresponding...

Page 49: ...boot will occur If the reload working command was used and a rollback timeout was set the time the rollback will occur is shown using the show reload command This command can also be used on the secon...

Page 50: ...splayed loaded Specifies that only loaded i e currently active microcode versions will be displayed Idle microcode versions will not be displayed Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage...

Page 51: ...Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions Package File name Release Version number Size File size Description File description show microcode history Dis...

Page 52: ...l be displayed certified The history for the certified directory s microcode will be displayed Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If no additional parameters are entered...

Page 53: ...NI module and chassis management Additional Information Refer to your separate Hardware Users Guide for detailed information on chassis components as well as managing and monitoring hardware related f...

Page 54: ...system time and date synchro system timezone system daylight savings time update update lanpower reload ni reload all reload pass through power ni temp threshold stack set slot stack set slot mode st...

Page 55: ...specified for the switch The system contact can range from 1 to 254 characters in length Text strings that include spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks For example Jean Smith Ext 477 jsmith comp...

Page 56: ...in length Text strings that include spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks For example OmniSwitch 6250 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples system name O...

Page 57: ...location can range from 1 to 254 characters in length Text strings that include spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks For example NMS Test Lab Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Us...

Page 58: ...faults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If you do not specify a new system date in the command line the current system date will be displayed For more information on setting ti...

Page 59: ...e hour mm is the minutes and ss is the seconds For example 14 30 00 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If you do not specify a new system time in the command line the cu...

Page 60: ...ing date and time settings is an important step in providing effective CMM failover for switches in redundant configurations Be sure to periodically synchronize the primary and secondary CMMs using th...

Page 61: ...or areas that are offset from UTC by increments of 15 30 or 45 minutes e g 05 30 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines To display the current time zone for the switch enter...

Page 62: ...m Last Sunday in Oct at 3 00 a m 1 00 gmt Greenwich Mean Time 00 00 No default No default No default wat West Africa 01 00 No default No default No default zm2 No standard name 02 00 No default No de...

Page 63: ...troduced Related Commands MIB Objects systemServices systemServicesTimezone systemServicesTimezoneStartWeek systemServicesTimezoneStartDay systemServicesTimezoneStartMonth systemServicesTimezoneStartT...

Page 64: ...ek day month and hour for DST to end week Indicate whether first second third fourth or last day Indicate whether Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday or Saturday month Indicate whether Jan...

Page 65: ...savings time start first Sunday in May at 23 00 end last Sunday in November at 10 00 system daylight savings time start first Sunday in May at 23 00 end last Sunday in November at 10 00 by 45 Release...

Page 66: ...miniboot all slot Syntax Definitions uboot Updates the uboot version ni Specifies that the update is performed for the Network Interface NI Module all Specifies that the update is performed for all sl...

Page 67: ...pe of switch and the type of update The follow ing table provides a list of the required update files CP Need to verify update file names for 6250 Examples OS6400 update uboot 2 OS6400 update uboot mi...

Page 68: ...tive before using this command update lanpower lanpower_num all Syntax Definitions lanpower_num The POE unit number to update all Updates all POE units in the switch Defaults N A Platforms Supported O...

Page 69: ...h However if you use this command on a switch that has a primary CMM role in a stack it will no longer be primary Instead it will be second ary in a two switch stack and idle in a stack consisting of...

Page 70: ...pecified time using a 24 hour clock If you do not specify the month and day the reload takes place at the specified time on the current day provided the specified time is later than the time when the...

Page 71: ...ommands MIB Objects chasEntPhysicalTable chasEntPhysAdminStatus reset reload ni Reloads a specific NI module power ni Turns the power on or off for a specified Network Interface NI module show ni Show...

Page 72: ...efer to the Usage Guidelines section below Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Switches in the pass through mode are given distinct slot numbers These slot numbers are no...

Page 73: ...e 2 21 Related Commands MIB Objects alaStackMgrChassisTable alaStackMgrSlotNINumber alaStackMgrCommandAction reloadPassThru show stack topology Displays the current operating topology of switches with...

Page 74: ...owered on or off Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to power off the corresponding switch in a stacked configuration Examples power ni sl...

Page 75: ...Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the show temperature command to display the current value for the temerpature warning threshold Do not use the show health threshold...

Page 76: ...ad the corresponding switch will be rebooted immediately and the new i e saved slot number will take effect when the switch comes back up barring any pass though mode conditions such as duplicate slot...

Page 77: ...Objects alaStackMgrChassisTable alaStackMgrSlotNINumber alaStackMgrSavedSlotNINumber alaStackMgrCommandAction alaStackMgrCommandStatus stack clear slot Clears the current saved slot information for a...

Page 78: ...ode stackable Sets the switch to stackable mode allowing the switch to be stacked into a virtual chassis using the fixed fiber ports standalone Sets the switch to standalone mode allowing the fixed fi...

Page 79: ...mniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 2 27 Related Commands MIB Objects alaStackMgrChassisTable alaStackMgrSlotNINumber alaStackMgrCommandAction alaStackMgrCommandStatus show stack mod...

Page 80: ...ic on the switch s Ethernet ports is stopped Unprocessed traffic if applicable will continue to be passed through the stacking cables to other switches in the stack A limited number of management comm...

Page 81: ...mands MIB Objects alaStackMgrChassisTable alaStackMgrSlotNINumber alaStackMgrSavedSlotNINumber alaStackMgrCommandAction alaStackMgrCommandStatus stack set slot Sets the saved slot number for a switch...

Page 82: ...1 4 1 6486 800 1 1 2 1 6 1 2 Up Time 0 days 5 hours 20 minutes and 49 seconds Contact Alcatel Lucent www alcatel lucent com enterprise en Name Kite_135 Location NMS_LABORATORY Services 72 Date Time F...

Page 83: ...e The current system date and time This field is modified using the system date and system time commands Flash Space Primary CMM Available bytes The available flash memory space available on the switc...

Page 84: ...AM size 268435456 bytes 256 MB NVRAM Battery OK YES BootROM Version 6 1 2 20 R02 Backup Miniboot Version 6 1 2 20 R02 Default Miniboot Version 6 1 2 20 R02 Product ID Register 54 Hardware Revision Reg...

Page 85: ...pgaVersionEntry systemHardwareFpgaVersionIndex NVRAM Battery OK The current status of the NVRAM battery If the battery is OK YES is displayed in this field If the battery charge becomes low NO is dis...

Page 86: ...N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command may be used when logged into either the primary or secondary CMM Examples show chassis Chassis 1 Model Name OS6250 24 Description...

Page 87: ...annot be modi fied Part Number The Alcatel Lucent part number for the chassis Hardware Revision The hardware revision level for the chassis Serial Number The Alcatel Lucent serial number for the chass...

Page 88: ...imary and secondary CMM role will be displayed This command may be used when logged into the switch that performs either the primary or secondary CMM role in a stack Examples show cmm CMM in slot 1 Mo...

Page 89: ...s It is not tied to the CMM Therefore it will not change if the CMM is replaced or becomes secondary The MAC address is used by the Chassis MAC Server CMS for allocation to various applications Refer...

Page 90: ...Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command may be used when logged into the switch that performs either the primary or secondary CMM role in a stack Examples show n...

Page 91: ...Version The firmware version for the NI s ASICs Admin Status The current power status of the NI Options include POWER ON or POWER OFF Operational Status The operational status of the NI Options inclu...

Page 92: ...Turns the power on or off for a specified Network Interface NI module show module Displays the basic information for either a specified module or all mod ules installed in the chassis show module lon...

Page 93: ...and may be used when logged into the switch that performs either the primary or secondary CMM role in a stack Examples show module HW Mfg Slot Part Number Serial Rev Date Model Name CMM 1 902271 10 E2...

Page 94: ...History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands show module long Displays the detailed information for either a specified module or all modules installed in the chassis show module stat...

Page 95: ...splayed Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines When a particular NI module is specified in the command line output is the same as that of the show ni command This command ma...

Page 96: ...hardware revision level for the NI Serial Number The Alcatel Lucent serial number for the NI s printed circuit board PCB Manufacture Date The date the NI was manufactured Firmware Version The firmware...

Page 97: ...h 6250 Usage Guidelines This command may be used when logged into the switch that performs either as the primary or secondary CMM role in a stack Examples show module status Operational Firmware Slot...

Page 98: ...iled information on this base chassis MAC address refer to the Managing MAC Addresses and Ranges chapter of the OmniSwitch 6250 Switch Management Guide For NI modules the MAC address for the corre spo...

Page 99: ...d is entered on stackable switches information is displayed only for power supplies that are installed in the chassis and powered on If a power supply is present in a power supply bay but the power su...

Page 100: ...r the power supply Hardware Revision The hardware revision level for the power supply Serial Number The Alcatel Lucent serial number for the power supply Manufacture Date The date the power supply was...

Page 101: ...mber of the chassis If no switch number is specified then all the switches in a stack will be displayed Examples show fan Chassis Fan Status 1 1 Running 1 2 Running 1 3 Running 1 4 Not Running 1 5 Not...

Page 102: ...50 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands show temperature Displays the current operating chassis ambient temperature...

Page 103: ...on when using this command on a standalone switch Examples show temperature Temperature for chassis 1 Hardware Board Temperature deg C 41 Hardware Cpu Temperature deg C N A Temperature Upper Threshold...

Page 104: ...e Upper Threshold The warning temperature threshold in degrees Celsius If the switch reaches or exceeds this temperature the primary switch or CMM s TEMP LED displays amber and a warning is sent to th...

Page 105: ...ING 3 UP 2 StackB UP 1 StackA output definitions NI The current slot position for each switch in the virtual chassis i e stacked configuration Note that the order of the slot numbers does not necessar...

Page 106: ...t the switch s stacking port A Options include UP DOWN or UNKNOWN Link A Remote NI The slot number of the switch to which stacking cable A s remote end is connected In other words if a switch in slot...

Page 107: ...umber alaStackMgrChasRole alaStackMgrLocalLinkStateA alaStackMgrRemoteNISlotA alaStackMgrRemoteLinkA alaStackMgrLocalLinkStateB alaStackMgrRemoteNISlotB alaStackMgrRemoteLinkB alaStackMgrChasState ala...

Page 108: ...B Objects alaStackMgrStackStatus alaStackMgrTokensUsed alaStackMgrTokensAvailable output definitions Redundant cable status Indicates whether a redundant stacking cable is currently installed Options...

Page 109: ...finitions NI The current slot position for each switch in the virtual chassis i e stacked configuration Note that the order of the slot numbers does not necessarily correspond with the physical positi...

Page 110: ...switch UNKNOWN the state of the element cannot be determined RUNNING element is up and running DUP SLOT this element has a duplicate slot number CLR SLOT the slot number of the element has been cleare...

Page 111: ...e MAC address range only By default this MAC address range contains thirty two 32 factory installed contiguous MAC addresses Users may add additional MAC addresses the maximum capacity for the switch...

Page 112: ...xx where x is a hex value 0 f count Specifies the number of MAC addresses in the range 1 256 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Because the factory installed 32 MAC addr...

Page 113: ...OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 3 3 Related Commands MIB Objects chasMacAddressRangeTable chasMacRangeIndex chasGlobalLocal chasMacAddressStart chasMacAddressCount show mac ran...

Page 114: ...aults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines When MAC retention is enabled the stack uses the MAC address of the primary switch even after it has failed When the administrative status of...

Page 115: ...plicate MAC address trap status Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If the old primary switch is not detected and included in the stack within a pre defined time period an SN...

Page 116: ...tforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The MAC address is released only if the address has not been derived from the EEPROM i e it should be a retained MAC address of the old primary switch...

Page 117: ...initions Mac Range The MAC range index number 1 Because the switch currently sup ports one MAC address range only index position 1 displays Row Status The current status of the MAC range The status AC...

Page 118: ...250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects chasMacAddressRangeTable chasMacRangeIndex chasGlobalLocal chasMacAddressStart chasMacAddressCount chasMacRowStatus mac range eeprom...

Page 119: ...ng VLAN router ports while the switch is in single MAC router mode all VLAN router ports will use the base chassis MAC address ID value 0 Examples show mac range alloc Range Mac Address Application Id...

Page 120: ...dress and the Ethernet Management Port EMP Id An ID number used to identify an allocated MAC address ID numbers are used for the base chassis MAC address and Ethernet Management Port EMP as well as VL...

Page 121: ...ot configured it will be displayed as EEPROM by default Examples show mac retention status MAC RETENTION STATUS Admin State Enabled Trap admin state Enabled Current MAC address 00 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e MAC a...

Page 122: ...EEPROM MAC Address field was deleted Related Commands MIB Objects chasMacAddrRetentionObjects chasMacAddrRetentionStatus chasPossibleDuplicateMacTrapStatus chasRingStatus chasBaseMacAddrSource chasBas...

Page 123: ...tly related to PoE PD refers to any attached device that uses a PoE data cable as its only source of power Examples include access points such as IP telephones Ethernet hubs wireless LAN stations etc...

Page 124: ...number in a range of ports that you want to configure on the same slot e g 3 1 4 specifies ports 1 4 on slot 3 slot Activates inline power on all PoE ports in the corresponding slot Defaults Power ov...

Page 125: ...jects alaPethMainPseGroup alaPethMainPseAdminStatus pethPsePortTable pethPsePortAdminEnable lanpower stop Manually disconnects power on a single specified PoE port or on all PoE ports in a specified s...

Page 126: ...ne power on all PoE ports in the corresponding slot Defaults Power over Ethernet operational status is globally disabled by default Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Enterprise Models Usage Guidelin...

Page 127: ...allocated to the corresponding port 3000 16000 or 3000 31000 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Enterprise Models Usage Guidelines To globally specify the amount of inline power allocated to...

Page 128: ...mmands MIB Objects alaPethPsePortTable alaPethPsePortPowerMaximum lanpower maxpower Specifies the maximum amount of inline power in watts allocated to all PoE ports in a specified slot lanpower combo...

Page 129: ...5 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Enterprise Models Usage Guidelines Before changing the maximum slot wide power allowance you must disable PoE for the slot via the lanpower stop command...

Page 130: ...ated Commands MIB Objects alaPethMainPseGroup alaPethMainPseMaxPower lanpower power Specifies the maximum amount of inline power in milli watts allocated to a specific PoE port lanpower combo port Dis...

Page 131: ...ssue inline power to critical ports is maintained as long as possible high Intended for ports that have important but not mission critical devices attached If other ports in the chassis have been conf...

Page 132: ...0 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects pethPsePortGroup pethPsePortPowerPriority lanpower combo port Displays current inline power status and related statisti...

Page 133: ...bled or disabled enable Enables priority disconnect on a specified port When this function is enabled and a power budget deficit occurs in which there is inadequate power for an incoming device the sy...

Page 134: ...ed Commands MIB Objects alaPethMainPseTable alaPethMainPsePriorityDisconnect lanpower priority Specifies an inline power priority level to a port Levels include critical high and low show lanpower pri...

Page 135: ...ability on ports 23 24 disable Disables PoE capability on the copper combo ports 25 26 and enables PoE capability on ports 23 24 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Enterprise Models Usage Gu...

Page 136: ...F 3 31000 0 Undefined Low OFF 4 31000 0 Undefined Low OFF 5 31000 0 Undefined Low OFF 6 31000 0 Undefined Low OFF 7 16000 0 Undefined Low OFF Output truncated 22 16000 0 Undefined Low OFF 23 31000 0 U...

Page 137: ...ritical ports is maintained as long as possible High indicates ports that have important but not mission critical devices attached If other ports in the chassis have been configured as critical inline...

Page 138: ...slot on which the capacitor detection method status is being displayed Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Enterprise Models Usage Guidelines N A Examples show lanpower capacitor detecti...

Page 139: ...ot on which the priority disconnect function status you want to display Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Enterprise Models Usage Guidelines N A Examples show lanpower priority disconne...

Page 140: ...Power over Ethernet PoE Commands page 4 18 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 141: ...time synchronization between network nodes The stan dard timescale used by most nations of the world is based on a combination of Universal Coordinated Time UTC representing the Earth s rotation abou...

Page 142: ...ined by raising 2 to the power of the number entered Therefore if 4 were entered the minimum poll time would be 16 seconds 24 16 prefer Marks this server as the preferred server A preferred server s t...

Page 143: ...ould be 16 seconds 24 16 The client will poll the server for a time update when the minpoll time is exceeded Examples ntp server 1 1 1 1 ntp server spartacus ntp server 1 1 1 1 key 1 ntp server 1 1 1...

Page 144: ...orms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The NTP protocol discards the NTP servers that are unsynchronized However the unsynchronized NTP servers are used as network time sources Examples ntp s...

Page 145: ...Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines When NTP peer synchronization tests are disabled the NTP client is able to synchronize with either an NTP peer that is not synchronized with an atomic clock...

Page 146: ...ts NTP protocol is disabled by default Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to enable or disable NTP Before NTP can be enabled an NTP server must be speci fied using t...

Page 147: ...mode is intended for operation on networks with numerous workstations and where the highest accuracy is not required In a typical scenario one or more time servers on the network broadcast NTP messag...

Page 148: ...Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines When running in the NTP client broadcast mode a broadcast delay must be set The broadcast delay is the number of microseconds added to the...

Page 149: ...s N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Authentication keys are stored in a key file and loaded into memory when the switch boots The keys loaded into memory are not trusted until t...

Page 150: ...Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaNtpAccessKeyIdTable alaNtpAccessKeyIdKeyId alaNtpAccessKeyIdTrust ntp key Sets the public key the switch uses when authenticating with the specified...

Page 151: ...allows for new keys in the key file to be added to the list of keys the switch can use for authentication Newly added keys must be labeled as trusted with the ntp key command before being used for aut...

Page 152: ...xamples show ntp client Current time SAT APR 16 2005 00 19 02 UTC Last NTP update SAT APR 16 2005 00 06 45 UTC Client mode enabled Broadcast client mode disabled Broadcast delay microseconds 4000 Rele...

Page 153: ...Network Time Protocol Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 5 13 Related Command MIB Objects alaNtpLocalInfo ntp client Enables or disables NTP operation on the switch...

Page 154: ...2 0 167 0 323 0 016 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions IP Address The server IP address Ver The version of NTP the server is using Versions 3 and 4 are valid Key T...

Page 155: ...Network Time Protocol Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 5 15 Related Command MIB Objects alaNtpPeerListTable ntp client Enables or disables authentication on the switch...

Page 156: ...t of servers with which the NTP client synchronizes To display a specific server enter the command with the server s IP address or domain name To display all servers enter the command with no server I...

Page 157: ...en exceeded Maxpoll The maximum poll time Delay The delay received from the server in its timestamp Offset The offset received from the server in its timestamp Dispersion The dispersion value received...

Page 158: ...5 18 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Command MIB Objects alaNtpPeerListTable alaNtpPeerShowStatus ntp client Enables or d...

Page 159: ...ted OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command displays information about the authentication keys loaded into the memory Examples show ntp keys Key Status 1 untrusted 2 untrusted 3 trusted 4 truste...

Page 160: ...OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Command MIB Objects alaNtpAccessKeyIdTable ntp key Labels the specified authentication key identification as trusted or untrusted ntp key loa...

Page 161: ...r SNMP session commands Maximum number of concurrent sessions allowed MIB information for commands in this chapter are as follows Filename AlcatelInd1SessionMgr mib Module AlcatelIND1SessionMgrMIB Fil...

Page 162: ...n login timeout session banner session timeout session prompt session xon xoff prompt show prefix alias show alias user profile save user profile reset history size show history command log kill exit...

Page 163: ...s Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples session login attempt 5 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects sessionMgr sessionLoginAtt...

Page 164: ...atforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples session login timeout 30 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects sessionMgr sessionLoginTimeou...

Page 165: ...th is 255 characters Defaults A default banner is included in one of the switch s image files It is automatically displayed at login so no configuration is needed The user has the option of defining a...

Page 166: ...250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects SessionConfigTable SessionType SessionBannerFileName show session config Displays Session Manager information such as banner file nam...

Page 167: ...http Sets the inactivity timeout for HTTP sessions ftp Sets the inactivity timeout for FTP sessions minutes Inactivity timeout value in minutes Valid range 1 to 596523 Defaults Platforms Supported Om...

Page 168: ...CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects SessionConfigTable SessionType SessionInactivityTimerValue show session config Displays Session Manager information such as banner file...

Page 169: ...ing Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The maximum prompt string length is 31 characters The new prompt will not take effect until you log off and back onto the switch Examp...

Page 170: ...ts Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The switch may interpret noise from an RS232 line as Control S XOFF If the session console xon xoff command is enabled traffic to the console po...

Page 171: ...as part of the CLI prompt Prefixes are stored for command families that support the prefix recog nition feature See Usage Guidelines Defaults The default prompt is the arrow or dash greater than Platf...

Page 172: ...mniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects N A show prefix Shows the command prefix if any currently stored by the CLI Prefixes are stored for command families that...

Page 173: ...orms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Prefixes are stored for command families that support the prefix recognition feature These command families include AAA Interface Link Aggregation QoS S...

Page 174: ...execute the user profile save command Otherwise once you log off the switch substitute commands configured with the alias command are destroyed You can eliminate excess typing by reducing the number o...

Page 175: ...CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 6 15 Related Commands MIB Objects N A show alias Lists all current commands defined by the use of the alias CLI command user profile reset Resets the alias promp...

Page 176: ...Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples The following will display where the alias gp was defined to replace the group command and the alias privilege was defined to replace...

Page 177: ...ons for the current user account If you do not use the user profile save alias prompt and more size commands settings are lost when the user account logs off Use the user profile reset command to set...

Page 178: ...250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples user profile reset Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects N A alias Defines substitute command text for the switch s CLI co...

Page 179: ...ffer can store up to 500 commands Defaults By default the history buffer size is set to 100 commands Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples history size 10 Release History R...

Page 180: ...range of the commands Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show history 1 show cmm 2 show fan 3 show sensor 4 show temp 5 show time 6 show arp 7 clear arp 8...

Page 181: ...I Reference Guide November 2009 page 6 21 Related Commands MIB Objects N A history size Sets the number of commands that will be stored in the CLI s history buffer Recalls commands listed in the histo...

Page 182: ...r by number and displays that command at the CLI prompt Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines You can use the show history command to list all commands in the history buffe...

Page 183: ...November 2009 page 6 23 Related Commands MIB Objects N A history size Sets the number of commands that will be stored in the CLI s history buffer show history Displays commands you have recently issu...

Page 184: ...ds entered on the command line will be recorded to this file until command logging is disabled disable Disables logging of current session commands to the command log file Defaults Platforms Supported...

Page 185: ...ines Use the who command to obtain the session number variable You cannot kill your own session You cannot kill a connected session where the user has not yet completed the login process These session...

Page 186: ...age Guidelines If changes were made using the CLI and have not been saved with the copy running config working command a warning message appears asking to confirm the user exit To save changes enter N...

Page 187: ...put definitions Session Number The session number assigned to the user User name User name Access type Type of access protocol used to connect to the switch Access port Switch port used for access dur...

Page 188: ...amilies End User Profile The name of an end user profile associated with the user domain families domain admin file image bootrom telnet reset dshell debug domain system system aip snmp rmon webmgt co...

Page 189: ...Reference Guide November 2009 page 6 29 MIB Objects SessionActive sessionIndex sessionAccessType sessionPhysicalPort sessionUserName sessionUserReadPrivileges sessionUserWritePrivileges sessionUserPro...

Page 190: ...at login Access type console Access port Local IP address 0 0 0 0 Read only domains None Read only families Read Write domains None Read Write families End User profile Session number 5 User name adm...

Page 191: ...See the table beginning on page 6 31 for a listing of valid families Read Write domains The command domains available with the user s read write access See the table beginning on page 6 31 for a listi...

Page 192: ...ivity Timer in minutes 60 Login Timer in seconds 60 Maximum number of Login Attempts 2 output definitions Cli Default Prompt Default prompt displayed for CLI sessions Cli Banner File Name Name of the...

Page 193: ...ximum number of Login Attempts The number of times a user can attempt unsuccessfully to log into the switch before the TCP connection is closed session prompt Configures the default CLI prompt for con...

Page 194: ...ed OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The switch may interpret noise from an RS232 line as Control S XOFF If the console port is enabled for XON XOFF through the session xon xoff command traffic to the...

Page 195: ...specified The last line on your console will display as follows More next screen sp next line cr filter pattern quit To display more lines press the spacebar to show another full screen press Enter t...

Page 196: ...Guidelines This command enables the more mode where your console screen display is determined by the value set with the more size command Examples more no more Release History Release 6 6 1 command wa...

Page 197: ...idelines This command shows the enable status of the more mode The number of lines displayed is the value set with the more size command Examples show more The more feature is enabled and the number o...

Page 198: ...Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines To abort a Telnet session enter CTRL and then CTRL D Refer to your switch s User Manual for more information on using Telnet You can e...

Page 199: ...Objects SystemServices systemServicesArg1 systemServicesAction telnet6 Invokes a Telnetv6 session A Telnetv6 session is used to connect to a remote system or device over an IPv6 network ssh Invokes th...

Page 200: ...en specified using the link local address Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines To abort a Telnet session enter CTRL and then CTRL D Refer to your switch s User Manual for...

Page 201: ...ated Commands MIB Objects SystemServices systemServicesArg1 systemServicesAction telnet Invokes a Telnet session A Telnet session is used to connect to a remote system or device ssh6 Invokes Secure Sh...

Page 202: ...the IP address for Secure Shell enable Administratively enables Secure Shell on the switch disable Administratively disables Secure Shell on the switch Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250...

Page 203: ...nStatus telnet Invokes a Telnet session A Telnet session is used to connect to a remote system or device sftp Starts an SFTP session An SFTP session provides a secure file transfer method ssh6 Invokes...

Page 204: ...dress Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines You must have a valid username and password for the specified host If the session is invoked using the server s link local addre...

Page 205: ...vokes a Telnetv6 session A Telnetv6 session is used to connect to a remote system or device over an IPv6 network sftp6 Starts an SFTPv6 session An SFTPv6 session provides a secure file transfer method...

Page 206: ...f a public key file i e thomas_dsa pub exists in the flash network pub directory on the switch public key authentication is used even if this method of authentication is disabled using this command Re...

Page 207: ...OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show ssh config SSH Enabled SCP SFTP Enabled Public Key Authentication Enforced False Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definit...

Page 208: ...Objects alaSshConfigGroup alaSshAdminStatus alaScpSftpAdminStatus alaSshPubKeyEnforceAdminStatus ssh Invokes Secure Shell on the switch Secure Shell is used to make a secured connection to a remote s...

Page 209: ...255 syntax is the most recent By default command logging is disabled To enable command logging on the switch use the command log command As mentioned above command history is archived to the command...

Page 210: ...or the Managing Switch User Accounts chapter in the OmniSwitch 6250 Switch Management Guide Date The date and time down to the second when the command was entered IpAddr The IP address of the terminal...

Page 211: ...ines N A Examples show command log status CLI command logging Enable Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects sessionCliCommandLogStatus output definitions CLI...

Page 212: ...Session Management Commands page 6 52 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 213: ...create move and delete both files and directories in the OmniSwitch flash direc tory Other commands allow you to change command privileges and to monitor the switch s memory MIB information for the s...

Page 214: ...e November 2009 A summary of the available commands is listed here File System cd pwd mkdir rmdir ls dir rename rm delete cp scp mv move chmod attrib freespace fsck newfs rcp rrm rls System Services v...

Page 215: ...rectory is flash Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Up to 255 characters may be used for a fully qualified path A path can contain up to a maximum of seven 7 directories including fl...

Page 216: ...vices systemServicesWorkingDirectory pwd Displays the switch s current working directory mkdir Creates a new directory rmdir Deletes an existing directory ls Displays the contents of a specified direc...

Page 217: ...sed on the secondary CMM Examples pwd flash Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects systemServices systemServicesWorkingDirectory cd Changes the switch s curr...

Page 218: ...upported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Be sure to separate path directories with a slash Refer to the examples below Up to 255 characters may be used for a fully qualified path A path can contain u...

Page 219: ...rvicesArg1 systemServicesAction cd Changes the switch s current working directory pwd Displays the switch s current working directory rmdir Deletes an existing directory ls Displays the contents of a...

Page 220: ...th dir The name of the existing directory being removed Up to thirty two 32 characters may be used e g test_directory Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Be sure to separ...

Page 221: ...mServicesArg1 systemServicesAction cd Changes the switch s current working directory pwd Displays the switch s current working directory mkdir Creates a new directory ls Displays the contents of a spe...

Page 222: ...the command assumes the current location dir Specifies a particular directory to be displayed If no directory name is specified the contents of the current working directory are displayed Defaults N A...

Page 223: ...i rw 706 Sep 29 14 52 incrsrc2 rw 127640 Sep 29 14 52 pktgen o rw 354 Sep 29 15 48 incrsrc 3143680 bytes free Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects systemSe...

Page 224: ...no directory name is specified the contents of the current working directory are displayed Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Be sure to separate multiple path director...

Page 225: ...8 18 23 boot cfg rw 1348241 Jul 5 09 36 Jadvrout img rw 2478362 Jul 5 09 37 Jdiag img rw 349555 Jul 5 09 37 Jsecu img rw 256 Jul 8 11 05 random seed 2390016 bytes free Release History Release 6 6 1 co...

Page 226: ...two 32 char acters may be used Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Be sure to separate path directories and file names with a slash Refer to the examples below Up to 255...

Page 227: ...09 page 7 15 Related Commands MIB Objects systemServices systemServicesArg1 systemServicesArg2 systemServicesAction cp Copies an existing file or directory mv Moves an existing file or directory to a...

Page 228: ...assumes the current directory filename The name of the existing file being deleted Up to thirty two 32 char acters may be used e g test_config_file Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Us...

Page 229: ...File Management Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 7 17 MIB Objects systemServices systemServicesArg1 systemServicesAction...

Page 230: ...N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Be sure to separate path directories and file names with a slash Refer to the examples below Use care when deleting files Depending on your swi...

Page 231: ...file copy If you are copying a file to the same directory as the original the file name for the copy must be different from the original Up to thirty two 32 charac ters may be used Defaults N A Platfo...

Page 232: ...napshot_copy cp flash snapshots asc 1 snap snapshot_copy cp asc 1 snap flash snapshot snapshot_copy cp asc 1 snap snapshot_copy Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MI...

Page 233: ...OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command will prompt you to enter the admin password and the names and the path of the files being copied will be displayed A file may be copied to a new location...

Page 234: ...ng img flash working admin s password for keyboard interactive method Fetching flash working K2os img to flash working K2os img Fetching flash working Kadvrout img to flash working Kadvrout img Fetchi...

Page 235: ...o be moved new_dir Specifies a new directory name for the directory being moved If a new name is not specified the existing name will be used Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Gui...

Page 236: ...e Guide November 2009 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects systemServices systemServicesArg1 systemServicesArg2 systemServicesAction rename Renames an exis...

Page 237: ...ctory to be moved new_dir Specifies a new directory name for the directory being moved If a new name is not specified the existing name will be used Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Us...

Page 238: ...e Guide November 2009 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects systemServices systemServicesArg1 systemServicesArg2 systemServicesAction rename Renames an exis...

Page 239: ...s and file names with a slash Up to 255 characters may be used for the specified path Also a path may contain a maximum of thirty two 32 directories file The name of the file for which read write priv...

Page 240: ...ctories and file names with a slash Up to 255 characters may be used for the specified path Also a path may contain a maximum of thirty two 32 directories file The name of the file for which write pri...

Page 241: ...N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Examples freespace flash flash 3143680 bytes free freespace flash 3143680 bytes free Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB...

Page 242: ...default Specifying the parameter repair along with the command performs the file system check and also repairs any errors found The switch will display the errors found and specify those errors that h...

Page 243: ...29 758 of free clusters 18 886 of bad clusters 0 total free space 77 357 056 max contiguous free space 55 451 648 bytes of files 59 of folders 5 total bytes in files 44 357 695 of lost chains 0 total...

Page 244: ...tes that the complete flash file system will be replaced Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines It is recommended that you preserve all required image and configuration file...

Page 245: ...iguration this command copies a file from any non primary switch to the primary switch in a stack You must specify the slot number on these switches Examples rcp 3 flash file txt file txt rcp flash wo...

Page 246: ...ed configuration this command deletes a file from any non primary switch You must specify the slot number on these switches Examples rrm 5 flash boot params Release History Release 6 6 1 command was i...

Page 247: ...ed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command displays directory content on any non primary switch in a stack You must specify the slot number on these switches Examples rls 5 f...

Page 248: ...nRfsLsSlot chasSupervisionRfsLsDirName chasSupervisionRfsLsFileName chasSupervisionRfsLsFileType chasSupervisionRfsLsFileSize chasSupervisionRfsLsFileAttr chasSupervisionRfsLsFileDateTime rcp Copies a...

Page 249: ...existing file being viewed or edited Up to thirty two 32 characters may be used e g test_config_file Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Until you exit the switch s file...

Page 250: ...speci fied the command assumes the current directory filename The name of the existing file being viewed Up to thirty two 32 char acters may be used e g test_config_file Defaults N A Platforms Suppor...

Page 251: ...ns to be displayed for each line One column is the same width as a single text character Values may range from 20 to 150 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The number of lin...

Page 252: ...mniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects systemServices systemServicesTtyLines systemServicesTtyColumns show tty Displays current TTY settings more Displays a swit...

Page 253: ...orted OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Shows the settings made with the tty command This command can also be used on the secondary CMM Examples show tty lines 24 columns 80 Release History Release 6 6...

Page 254: ...the tty command If the specified text file contains more columns than set with the tty command the text will wrap to the next line displayed If the text file contains more lines than set with the tty...

Page 255: ...File Management Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 7 43 MIB Objects systemServices systemServicesArg1 systemServicesAction...

Page 256: ...he following table ascii Set transfer type to ASCII 7 bit binary Set transfer type to binary 8 bit bye Close session gracefully cd Change to a new directory on the remote machine delete Delete a file...

Page 257: ...6 228 Connecting to 172 17 6 228 172 17 6 228 connected 220 Annex FTP server Version RA4000 R14 1 15 ready Name Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects system...

Page 258: ...ions from an OmniSwitch when it acts as FTP Client and upto 4 FTP or FTPv6 sessions towards an OmniSwitch when it acts as FTP Server If the session is invoked using the server s link local address the...

Page 259: ...mmary listing of the current directory on the remote host Display list of available FTP commands mgets Receive multiple files mputs Receive multiple files prompt Enable disable interactive prompting p...

Page 260: ...nistratively disables SCP SFTP on the switch Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples scp sftp enable Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Com...

Page 261: ...on Enforced False Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions SSH Displays the SSH status enabled or disabled SCP SFTP Displays the SCP SFTP status enabled...

Page 262: ...File Management Commands page 7 50 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects alaSshConfigGroup alaSshAdminStatus alaScpSftpAdminStatus alaSshPubKeyEnforceAdminStatus...

Page 263: ...sions towards an OmniSwitch when it acts as FTP Server After logging in SFTP commands are supported They are defined in the following table cd path Change remote path to path lcd path Change local dir...

Page 264: ...ervices systemServicesArg1 systemServicesAction quit Exit the sftp mode rename oldpath newpath Rename a remote file rmdir path Remove remote directory rm path Delete remote file version Show the curre...

Page 265: ...address the source interface name must be provided You can establish up to 4 SFTP6 sessions from an OmniSwitch when it acts as FTP Client and up to 8 SFTP6 sessions towards an OmniSwitch when it acts...

Page 266: ...ir path Create remote directory put local path remote path Upload file pwd Display remote working directory exit Quit the sftp mode quit Exit the sftp mode rename oldpath newpath Rename a remote file...

Page 267: ...ame of the source file to be transferred dest_path Specifies the destination path of the file to be transferred dest_file Specifies the destination file name of the file to be transferred ascii Sets t...

Page 268: ...file abc txt destination file xyz txt ascii tftp 10 211 17 1 get source file boot cfg destination file flash working boot cfg ascii tftp 10 211 17 1 get source file boot cfg ascii Release History Rele...

Page 269: ...terminal emulation software When the transfer is complete you can use the ls command to verify that the files were loaded successfully To abort a Zmodem session enter CTRL X five times in succession R...

Page 270: ...File Management Commands page 7 58 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 271: ...anagement CLI commands allow you to enable disable web based management and config ure certain WebView parameters such as Secure Socket Layer SSL MIB information for the Web Management commands is as...

Page 272: ...gement is enabled by default Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to disable web management If web management is disabled you will not be able to access...

Page 273: ...ip Optional syntax Using this optional syntax is the same as using the http ssl command Defaults SSL is enabled by default Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this...

Page 274: ...number must be in the range 0 to 65535 well known port numbers cannot be configured Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines All WebView sessions must be terminated before enteri...

Page 275: ...he range 0 to 65535 well known port numbers cannot be configured Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines All WebView sessions must be terminated before entering this command Exam...

Page 276: ...StatMsg 0 6 sess_21606 admin 5848035 AUTHENTICATED web content index html 1 2 sess_28257 5999940 IN_PROGRESS ip content index html Current Active WebView Session 1 Release History Release 6 6 1 comma...

Page 277: ...50 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 8 7 Related Commands MIB Objects http server Enables disables web management on the switch http ssl Enables disables SSL on the switch show http Displays web...

Page 278: ...t 443 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions Web Management Indicates whether web management is enabled on or disabled off on the switch Force SSL Indicates whether Fo...

Page 279: ...age 8 9 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIND1WebMgtConfigMIBGroup alaInd1WebMgtAdminStatus alaInd1WebMgtSsl alaInd1WebMgtHttpPort alaInd1WebMgtHttpsPort http server Enables disables web management on t...

Page 280: ...Web Management Commands page 8 10 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 281: ...red to as a configuration file and then uploaded and applied to the switch MIB information for the Configuration Manager commands is as follows Filename AlcatelIND1System mib Module Alcatel IND1Config...

Page 282: ...upported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The configuration apply command only applies settings to the running configuration The boot cfg file does not get overwritten It is recommended that you check...

Page 283: ...or the switch include valid password syntax in the configuration file or immediately issue a new password by using the password command at the command prompt For more informa tion on passwords refer t...

Page 284: ...ctory The valid range is from 1 to 25 files Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines When the error file limit is set to 1 the default value the next error file generated by the s...

Page 285: ...5 Related Commands MIB Objects alcatelIND1ConfigMgrMIBObjects configErrorFileMaximum configuration apply Applies a configuration file to the switch Also used for scheduling a timer session for a conf...

Page 286: ...at a timer session has been scheduled for a later time The output No file configuration has been scheduled indicates an idle timer session i e no timer session has been scheduled for a configuration f...

Page 287: ...plies a configuration file to the switch Also used for scheduling a timer session for a configuration file configuration cancel Cancels a pending timer session for a configuration file configuration e...

Page 288: ...Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples configuration cancel Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects configTimerFileGroup configTimerClear co...

Page 289: ...By default this file is placed in the root flash directory To view the contents of a generated error file use the view command For example view asc 1 snap 1 err The syntax mac alloc is automatically i...

Page 290: ...ed Commands MIB Objects configFileGroup configErrorFileName configErrorFileMaximum configFileMode configFileStatus configuration apply Applies a configuration file to the switch Also used for scheduli...

Page 291: ...ser defined name for the resulting snapshot file For example test_snmp_snap You may also enter a specific path for the resulting file For example the syntax flash working test_snmp_snap places the tes...

Page 292: ...6 1 command was introduced Related Commands N A MIB Objects configManager configSnapshotFileName configSnapshotAction configSnapshotAllSelect configSnapshotVlanSelect configSnapshotSpanningTreeSelect...

Page 293: ...nd shows configuration information for all features Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to view the current configuration for any feature shown in the table To show a...

Page 294: ...iguration snapshot aaa bridge Bridging AAA aaa authentication default local aaa authentication console local user public read All write All no auth authkey 391b0e74dbd13973d703cceaa4a8e30 Release Hist...

Page 295: ...nfigSnapshotSNMPSelect configSnapshot802 1QSelect configSnapshotLinkAggregateSelect configSnapshotPortMirrorSelect configSnapshotXIPSelect configSnapshotHealthMonitorSelect configSnapshotBootPSelect c...

Page 296: ...orted OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Configurations are listed below the name of each feature Features with no current configuration show only the name of the feature Examples write terminal Release...

Page 297: ...ify that individual traps are being correctly handled by the Network Management Station NMS The SNMP trap commands set includes show commands for monitoring SNMP trap information SNMP agent commands c...

Page 298: ...y map commands snmp community map snmp community map mode show snmp community map SNMP security commands snmp security show snmp security show snmp statistics show snmp mib family SNMP trap commands s...

Page 299: ...ies that traps are sent using SNMP version 2 v3 Specifies that traps are sent using SNMP version 3 enable Enables the specified SNMP station disable Disables the specified SNMP station Defaults Platfo...

Page 300: ...ddress Examples snmp station 168 22 2 2 111 username2 v1 disable snmp station 168 151 2 101 test lab snmp station 170 1 2 3 username1 enable snmp station 1 1 2 2 v2 no snmp station 2 2 2 2 snmp statio...

Page 301: ...2 21 160 32 4000 enable v3 abc 172 21 160 12 5000 enable v3 user1 0300 0000 0000 0000 0211 d8ff fe47 470b 4001 enable v3 user2 0300 0000 0000 0000 0211 d8ff fe47 470c 5001 enable v2 abc Release Histor...

Page 302: ...nIP trapStationPort trapStationUser trapStationProtocol trapStationRowStatus alaTrapInetStationTable alaTrapInetStationIPType alaTrapInetStationIP alaTrapInetStationPort alaTrapInetStationRowStatus al...

Page 303: ...between 1 and 32 characters enable Enables SNMP community string mapping disable Disables SNMP community string mapping Defaults By default SNMP community map authentication is enabled Platforms Supp...

Page 304: ...Switch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects SNMPCommunityTable snmpCommunityIndex snmpCommunitySecurityName snmpCommunityStatus snmp community map mode Enables the local...

Page 305: ...a user account name in order to be processed by the SNMP agent When enabled mapping is contained in the local community strings database populated by using the snmp community map command When disable...

Page 306: ...s community string user name enabled test_string1 bb_usename enabled test_string2 rr_usename disabled test_string3 cc_usename disabled test_string4 jj_usename Release History Release 6 6 1 command was...

Page 307: ...ted privacy all The switch will accept only encrypted v3 get get next and set requests All other requests will be rejected trap only All SNMP get get next and set requests will be rejected Defaults By...

Page 308: ...ecurity snmp security authentication set snmp security authentication all snmp security privacy set snmp security trap only Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Ob...

Page 309: ...or descriptions of the five SNMP security states no security authentication set authentication all privacy set privacy all and trap only Examples show snmp security snmp security no security show snmp...

Page 310: ...SNMP Commands page 10 14 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands snmp security Configures the SNMP security settings...

Page 311: ...ons 0 snmpInBadCommunityNames 0 snmpInBadCommunityUses 0 snmpInASNParseErrs 0 snmpEnableAuthenTraps disabled 2 snmpSilentDrops 0 snmpProxyDrops 0 snmpInTooBigs 0 snmpOutTooBigs 0 snmpInNoSuchNames 0 s...

Page 312: ...evels 0 usmStatsNotInTimeWindows 1 usmStatsUnknownUserNames 1 usmStatsUnknownEngineIDs 0 usmStatsWrongDigests 0 usmStatsDecryptionErrors 0 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related...

Page 313: ...l be displayed If the command family is not valid for the entire MIB table the command family will be displayed on a per object basis Table names are case sensitive Therefore use the exact table names...

Page 314: ...ent to SNMP Manager stations configured on the switch disable Disables SNMP trap absorption Defaults By default trap absorption is enabled Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines To view...

Page 315: ...o retrieve the trap history log disable Disables WebView forwarding Defaults By default WebView forwarding is enabled Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines To view the current WebView f...

Page 316: ...f 1 the second trap has a sequence number of 2 etc If no sequence number is entered all stored traps are replayed Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the show snmp st...

Page 317: ...ase 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects trapStationTable trapStation Replay AlaTrapInetStationEntry alaTrapInetStationReplay alaTrapInetStationNextSeq show snmp station Displays...

Page 318: ...ing the numeric trap ID You can specify more than one trap in the command line separate each trap ID with a space and no comma Defaults By default SNMP trap filtering is disabled Platforms Supported O...

Page 319: ...MIB Objects trapFilterTable trapFilterStatus alaTrapInetFilterTable alaTrapInetFilterStatus show snmp trap filter Displays the current SNMP trap filter status show snmp trap config Displays the SNMP...

Page 320: ...is sent each time an SNMP authentication failure is detected disable Disables authentication failure trap forwarding Defaults By default authentication failure trap forwarding is disabled Platforms S...

Page 321: ...e Guidelines A maximum of 60 traps will be replayed Examples show snmp trap replay ipAddress oldest replay number 172 21 160 32 12 172 21 160 12 57 0300 0000 0000 0000 0211 d8ff fe47 470b 12 0300 0000...

Page 322: ...erence Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects trapStationTable snmpStation Replay AlaTrapInetStationEntry alaTrapInetStationReplay alaTrapInetStationNextSeq snmp trap replay Replays stored t...

Page 323: ...dress trapId list 172 21 160 32 1 3 4 172 21 160 12 no filter 0300 0000 0000 0000 0211 d8ff fe47 470b 4 5 6 0300 0000 0000 0000 0211 d8ff fe47 470c no filter Release History Release 6 6 1 command was...

Page 324: ...SNMP Commands page 10 28 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects trapFilterTable trapFilterEntry alaTrapInetFilterTable alaTrapInetFilterStatus...

Page 325: ...show snmp authentication trap Syntax Definitions N A Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show snmp authentication trap snmp authentication trap disable Rele...

Page 326: ...mp trap config Absorption service enabled Traps to WebView enabled Id trapName family absorption 0 coldStart chassis 15 seconds 1 warmStart chassis 15 seconds 2 linkDown interface 15 seconds 3 linkUp...

Page 327: ...10 31 Related Commands MIB Objects trapConfigTable trapConfigEntry show snmp mib family Displays SNMP MIB information snmp trap absorption Enables or disables the trap absorption function snmp trap to...

Page 328: ...SNMP Commands page 10 32 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 329: ...late a particular host name it asks the secondary DNS server if specified If this fails it asks the third DNS server if speci fied until the correct IP address is returned resolved If all DNS servers...

Page 330: ...nd the ip name server command to specify up to three DNS servers to query on host lookups The ip domain lookup command enables the DNS resolver Examples ip domain lookup no ip domain lookup Release Hi...

Page 331: ...e IP address of the DNS server with the lower priority This server will be queried only if the desired host name or IP address is not located by the primary and secondary DNS servers A third IP addres...

Page 332: ...ed Commands MIB Objects systemDNS systemDNSNsAddr1 systemDNSNsAddr2 systemDNSNsAddr3 ip domain lookup Enables or disables the DNS resolver ip domain name Sets or deletes the default domain name for DN...

Page 333: ...erver with the lower priority This server will be queried only if the desired host name is not able to be resolved by both the primary and secondary IPv6 DNS servers A third IPv6 address is optional D...

Page 334: ...mands MIB Objects systemDNS systemDNSNsIPv6Addr1 systemDNSNsIPv6Addr2 systemDNSNsIPv6Addr3 ip domain lookup Enables or disables the DNS resolver ip domain name Sets or deletes the default domain name...

Page 335: ...ult domain name Use this command to set the default domain name for DNS lookups Examples ip domain name company com no ip domain name Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Comma...

Page 336: ...eServer s fe2d 2c f302 3de1 1 f1bc 202 fd40 f3 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions Resolver is Indicates whether the DNS resolver is enabled or disabled domainName...

Page 337: ...stemDNSNsAddr3 systemDNSNsIPv6Addr1 systemDNSNsIPv6Addr2 systemDNSNsIPv6Addr3 ip domain lookup Enables or disables the DNS resolver ip name server Specifies the IP addresses of up to three servers to...

Page 338: ...DNS Commands page 11 10 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 339: ...egate group goes down link integrity is maintained There are two types of aggregate groups static and dynamic Static aggregate groups are manually config ured on the switch with static links Dynamic g...

Page 340: ...in key lacp linkagg actor system priority lacp linkagg actor system id lacp linkagg partner system id lacp linkagg partner system priority lacp linkagg partner admin key lacp agg actor admin key lacp...

Page 341: ...g Static Group 1 enable Specifies that the static aggregate group is active and is able to aggre gate links disable Specifies that the static aggregate group is inactive and not able to aggregate lin...

Page 342: ...9 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alclnkaggAggTable alclnkaggAggNumber alclnkaggAggSize alclnkaggAggLacpType alclnkaggAggName alclnkaggAggAdminState s...

Page 343: ...eric string up to 255 characters Spaces must be contained within quotes e g Static Group 1 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a...

Page 344: ...able to aggre gate links disable Specifies that the static aggregate group is inactive and not able to aggregate links Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines When the administr...

Page 345: ...gregate agg_num The number corresponding to the static aggregate group Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove one or more ports fro...

Page 346: ...Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alclnkaggAggPortTable alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber alclnkaggAggPortLacpType alclnkaggAggPortSelectedAggNumber static linkagg size...

Page 347: ...s may be 2 4 or 8 name The name of the dynamic aggregate group May be any alphanumeric string up to 255 characters long Spaces must be contained within quotes e g Dynamic Group 1 enable Specifies that...

Page 348: ...ted or the dynamic aggregate group may be modified later Use the static linkagg size command to create static aggregate groups See page 12 3 for more infor mation about this command Examples lacp link...

Page 349: ...tring up to 255 characters long Spaces must be contained within quotes e g Dynamic Group 1 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a...

Page 350: ...g to the dynamic aggregate group enable Specifies that the dynamic aggregate group is active and is able to aggregate links disable Specifies that the operation of a dynamic aggregate group cannot be...

Page 351: ...mmands MIB Objects alclnkaggAggTable alclnkaggAggNumber alclnkaggAggAdminState lacp linkagg size Creates a dynamic aggregate group show linkagg Displays information about static and dynamic LACP aggre...

Page 352: ...ssociated with the dynamic aggregate group The valid range is 0 65535 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove an actor admin key from a...

Page 353: ...gate groups Possible values are 0 65535 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to return the value to its default Ports with the same system prio...

Page 354: ...oup on the switch in the hexadecimal format xx xx xx xx xx xx Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove an actor system ID from a dynamic...

Page 355: ...ng to the dynamic aggregate group on the switch partner_system_id The MAC address of the remote switch s dynamic aggregate group in the hexadecimal format xx xx xx xx xx xx Defaults Platforms Supporte...

Page 356: ...Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alclnkaggAggTable alclnkaggAggNumber alclnkaggAggPartnerSystemID lacp linkagg size Creates a dynamic aggregate group show linkagg Displays in...

Page 357: ...he remote switch s dynamic aggregate group to which the local switch s aggregate group is attached Possible values are 0 65535 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no...

Page 358: ...the dynamic aggregation group s remote partner Possible values are 0 65535 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a partner admin key...

Page 359: ...hernet Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet fastethernet Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet gigaethernet Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet slot The slot number for this...

Page 360: ...same dynamic aggregate group do not have to be configured sequentially and can be on any Network Interface NI The ethernet fastethernet and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port s configuration S...

Page 361: ...lclnkaggAggPortActorSystemPriority alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminKey alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminState alclnkaggAggPortAct...

Page 362: ...tate octet is enabled When this bit is set a short timeout is used for LACPDU frames When this bit is disabled a long timeout is used for LACPDU frames By default this value is set aggregate Specifies...

Page 363: ...te is set to none all bit values are restored to their default configurations The ethernet fastethernet and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port s configuration See Chapter 20 Ethernet Port Comm...

Page 364: ...for this aggregate port The port that the switch will initially use as the Spanning Tree virtual port for this aggregate actor_system_id The MAC address of the dynamic aggregate group on the switch i...

Page 365: ...Related Commands MIB Objects alclnkaggAggPortTable alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber alclnkaggAggPortActorSystemID lacp linkagg size Creates a dynamic aggregate group show linkagg port Displays inform...

Page 366: ...umber for this aggregate port The port that the switch will initially use as the Spanning Tree virtual port for this aggregate actor_system_priority The priority of the dynamic aggregate group Possibl...

Page 367: ...Related Commands MIB Objects AlcLnkAggAggPortTable alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber alclnkaggAggPortActorSystemPriority lacp linkagg size Creates a dynamic aggregate group show linkagg port Displays...

Page 368: ...at bit 1 in the partner state octet is enabled When this bit is set a short timeout is used for LACPDU frames When this bit is disabled a long timeout is used for LACPDU frames By default this value i...

Page 369: ...artner admin state is set to none all bit values are restored to their default configurations The ethernet fastethernet and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port s configuration See Chapter 20 Et...

Page 370: ...er for this aggregate port The port that the switch will initially use as the Spanning Tree virtual port for this aggregate partner_admin_system_id The MAC address of the remote dynamic aggregate grou...

Page 371: ...ated Commands MIB Objects AlcLnkAggAggPortTable alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID lacp linkagg size Creates a dynamic aggregate group show linkagg port Displays inf...

Page 372: ...aggregate port The port that the switch will initially use as the Spanning Tree virtual port for this aggregate parnter_admin_key The administrative key for the dynamic aggregation group s remote part...

Page 373: ...lnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminKey lacp linkagg size Creates a dynamic aggregate group show linkagg port Displays detailed information about ports associated with a particul...

Page 374: ...port that the switch will initially use as the Spanning Tree virtual port for this aggregate partner_admin_system_priority The priority of the remote switch s dynamic aggregate group to which the aggr...

Page 375: ...lated Commands MIB Objects AlcLnkAggAggPortTable alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber alclnkaggAggPortAdminSystemPriority lacp linkagg size Creates a dynamic aggregate group show linkagg port Displays inf...

Page 376: ...s aggregate port The port that the switch will initially use as the Spanning Tree virtual port for this aggregate actor_port_priority The priority of the actor port Possible values are 0 255 Defaults...

Page 377: ...elated Commands MIB Objects AlcLnkAggAggPortTable alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber alclnkaggAggPortActorPortPriority lacp linkagg size Creates a dynamic aggregate group show linkagg port Displays info...

Page 378: ...aggregate port The port that the switch will initially use as the Spanning Tree virtual port for this aggregate partner_admin_port The administrative state of the partner port Possible values are 0 6...

Page 379: ...elated Commands MIB Objects AlcLnkAggAggPortTable alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminPort lacp linkagg size Creates a dynamic aggregate group show linkagg port Displays infor...

Page 380: ...gregate port The port that the switch will initially use as the Spanning Tree virtual port for this aggregate partner_admin_port_priority The priority of the partner port Possible values are 0 255 Def...

Page 381: ...ed Commands MIB Objects AlcLnkAggAggPortTable alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority lacp linkagg size Creates a dynamic aggregate group show linkagg port Displays i...

Page 382: ...layed only The fields included in the display depend on whether the aggregate group is a static or dynamic Use the show linkagg port command to display information about aggregate group ports Examples...

Page 383: ...hed to this aggregate group Sel Ports The number of ports that could possibly attach to the aggregate group output definitions SNMP Id The SNMP ID associated with this static aggregate group Aggregate...

Page 384: ...e group the switch automatically assigns another port in the aggregate group to be the primary port output definitions SNMP Id The SNMP ID associated with this dynamic aggregate group Aggregate Number...

Page 385: ...tive key associated with this dynamic aggregate group You can modify this parameter with the lacp linkagg actor admin key command see page 12 14 Actor Oper Key The operational key associated with this...

Page 386: ...ggAggLacpType alclnkaggAggAdminState alclnkaggAggOperState alclnkaggAggNbrSelectedPorts alclnkaggAggNbrAttachedPorts alclnkaggPrimaryPortIndex alclnkaggAggMACAddress alclnkaggAggActorSystemPriority al...

Page 387: ...fields displayed depend upon whether or not the port belongs to a static aggregate group or dynamic LACP aggregate group Examples show linkagg port Slot Port Aggregate SNMP Id Status Agg 2 16 Dynamic...

Page 388: ...LED or DISABLED Operational State The current operational state of the port which can be UP or DOWN Port State The current operational state of the port which can be CONFIGURED PENDING SELECTED or RES...

Page 389: ...tate act1 tim1 agg1 syn0 col0 dis0 def1 exp0 Partner Admin State act0 tim0 agg1 syn1 col1 dis1 def1 exp0 Partner Oper State act0 tim0 agg1 syn0 col1 dis1 def1 exp0 Output fields are defined here outpu...

Page 390: ...the remote partner This value is used along with Partner Admin System Priority Partner Admin System Partner Admin Port and Partner Admin Port Priority to manually con figure aggregation You can modif...

Page 391: ...PortPartnerOperPort alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority alclnkaggAggPortPartnerOperPortPriority alclnkaggAggPortActorAdminState alclnkaggAggPortActorOperState alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminState al...

Page 392: ...Link Aggregation Commands page 12 54 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 393: ...for Media End Point Devices MIB information for the 802 1AB commands is as follows Filename IEEE_LLDP_Base mib Module LLDP MIB Filename IEEE_LLDP_Dot1 mib Module LLDP EXT DOT1 MIB Filename IEEE_LLDP_D...

Page 394: ...faults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The LLDP protocol must be enabled before using this command Examples lldp transmit interval 40 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was int...

Page 395: ...ults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The LLDP protocol must be enabled before using this command The Time To Live is a multiple of transmit interval and transmit hold multiplier E...

Page 396: ...Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The LLDP protocol must be enabled before using this command The transmit delay is less than or equal to the multiplication of transmit interval and...

Page 397: ...e ports status after a status change The valid range is 1 10 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The LLDP protocol must be enabled before using this command Examples lldp rei...

Page 398: ...s Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The LLDP protocol and notification must be enabled before using this command In a specified interval generating more than one notification event...

Page 399: ...slot number for a specific module tx Transmits LLDPDUs rx Receives LLDPDUs tx and rx Transmits and receives LLDPDUs disable Disables LLDPDUs transmission and reception Defaults Platforms Supported Om...

Page 400: ...dpPortConfigTable lldpPortConfigPortNum lldpPortConfigAdminStatus lldp lldpdu Specifies the switch to control the transmission and the reception of LLDPDUs for a particular chassis a slot or a port ll...

Page 401: ...ot 3 slot The slot number for a specific module enable Enables the notification of local system MIB changes disable Disables the notification Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guideli...

Page 402: ...e lldpPortConfigPortNum lldpPortConfigNotificationEnable lldp notification interval Sets the time interval that must elapse before a notification about the local system MIB change is generated lldp ll...

Page 403: ...sion of system name TLV in LLDPDU system description Enables or disables transmission of system description TLV in LLDPDU system capabilities Enables or disables transmission of system capabilities TL...

Page 404: ...ldpPortConfigTLVsTxEnable lldpConfigManAddrTable lldpConfigManAddrPortsTxEnable lldp lldpdu Specifies the switch to control the transmission and the reception of LLDPDUs for a particular chassis a slo...

Page 405: ...Enables or disables transmission of VLAN name TLV in LLDPDU enable Enables 802 1 TLV LLDPDU transmission disable Disables 802 1 TLV LLDPDU transmission Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Us...

Page 406: ...ortNum lldpXdot1ConfigPortVlanTable lldpXdot1ConfigPortVlanTxEnable lldpXdot1ConfigVlanNameTable lldpXdot1ConfigVlanNameTxEnable lldp tlv management Specifies the switch to control per port management...

Page 407: ...slot 3 slot The slot number for a specific module enable Enables 802 3 TLV LLDPDU transmission disable Disables 802 3 TLV LLDPDU transmission Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guideli...

Page 408: ...tConfigPortNum lldpXdot3PortConfigTable lldpXdot3PortConfigTLVsTxEnable lldp tlv management Specifies the switch to control per port management TLVs to be incor porated in the LLDPDUs lldp tlv dot1 Sp...

Page 409: ...ED capabilities TLV in LLDPDU enable Enables LLDP MED TLV LLDPDU transmission disable Disables LLDP MED TLV LLDPDU transmission Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The LLDPDU...

Page 410: ...ortConfigTable lldpXMedPortConfigTLVsTxEnable lldp tlv management Specifies the switch to control per port management TLVs to be incor porated in the LLDPDUs lldp tlv dot1 Specifies the switch to cont...

Page 411: ...emote Systems MIB Drops 0 Remote Systems MIB Age Outs 0 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions Remote Systems Last Change The last change recorded in the tables associ...

Page 412: ...ime lldpStatsRemTablesInserts lldpStatsRemTablesDeletes lldpStatsRemTablesDrops lldpStatsRemTablesAgeouts lldp notification Specifies the switch to control per port notification status about the remot...

Page 413: ...o they are not displayed Examples show lldp statistics LLDPDU TLV Device Slot Port Tx Rx Errors Discards Unknown Discards Ageouts 1 23 52 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 47 50 50 0 0 0 0 0 2 48 50 50 0 0 0 0 0 output d...

Page 414: ...dpStatsRxPortNum lldpStatsRxPortFramesDiscardedTotal lldpStatsRxPortFramesErrors lldpStatsRxPortFramesTotal lldpStatsRxPortTLVsDiscardedTotal lldpStatsRxPortTLVsUnrecognizedTotal lldpStatsRxPortAgeout...

Page 415: ...e Router Capabilites Enabled Bridge Router LLDPDU Transmit Interval 30 seconds TTL Hold Multiplier 4 LLDPDU Transmit Delay 2 seconds Reintialization Delay 2 seconds MIB Notification Interval 5 seconds...

Page 416: ...time interval before the reinitialization of local port objects between port status changes MIB Notification Interval The minimum time interval between consecutive notifications of local system MIB ch...

Page 417: ...2 LLDP Info Port ID 1002 Locally assigned Port Description Alcatel 1 2 6 3 1 636 R01 Local Slot 1 Port 3 LLDP Info Port ID 1003 Locally assigned Port Description Alcatel 1 3 6 3 1 636 R01 Local Slot 1...

Page 418: ...8 LLDP Info Port ID 1018 Locally assigned Port Description Alcatel 1 18 6 3 1 636 R01 Local Slot 1 Port 19 LLDP Info Port ID 1019 Locally assigned Port Description Alcatel 1 19 6 3 1 636 R01 Local Slo...

Page 419: ...12 LLDP Info Port ID 2012 Locally assigned Port Description Alcatel 2 12 6 3 1 636 R01 Local Slot 2 Port 13 LLDP Info Port ID 2013 Locally assigned Port Description Alcatel 2 13 6 3 1 636 R01 Local Sl...

Page 420: ...2 31 6 3 1 636 R01 Local Slot 2 Port 32 LLDP Info Port ID 2032 Locally assigned Port Description Alcatel 2 32 6 3 1 636 R01 Local Slot 2 Port 33 LLDP Info Port ID 2033 Locally assigned Port Descriptio...

Page 421: ...t 47 LLDP Info Port ID 2047 Locally assigned Port Description Alcatel 2 47 6 3 1 636 R01 Local Slot 2 Port 48 LLDP Info Port ID 2048 Locally assigned Port Description Alcatel 2 48 6 3 1 636 R01 Releas...

Page 422: ...ement IP Address 10 255 11 100 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects lldpLocManAddrTable lldpLocManAddrLen lldpLocManAddrIfSubtype lldpLocManAddrIfId output...

Page 423: ...ted OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show lldp remote system Remote LLDP Agents on Local Slot Port 2 47 Chassis ID Subtype 4 MAC Address Chassis ID 00 d0 95 e9 c9 2e Port ID Subtype 7 Loc...

Page 424: ...ber to which the remote system entry is associated and the physical port number on that module Chassis ID Subtype The sub type that describes chassis ID Chassis ID The chassis ID MAC address Port ID S...

Page 425: ...pported Alcatel Lucent Mapping Adjacency Protocol AMAP used to discover the topology of OmniSwitches This chapter includes descriptions of AMAP commands MIB information for AMAP commands is as follows...

Page 426: ...uidelines Adjacent switches are defined as those having a Spanning Tree path between them and no other switch between them on the same Spanning Tree path that has AMAP enabled Examples amap disable am...

Page 427: ...uidelines Use of the time command keyword is optional When AMAP is enabled all active Spanning Tree ports start out in the discovery transmission state Ports that receive Hello packets before three di...

Page 428: ...ds MIB Objects aipAMAPdisctime amap Enables default or disables AMAP on a switch amap common time Sets the common transmission time interval used by active Span ning Tree ports in the common transmiss...

Page 429: ...ted OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use of the time command keyword is optional To avoid synchronization with adjacent switches the common transmission time is jittered randomly by plus or minus ten...

Page 430: ...Objects aipAMAPcommontime amap Enables default or disables AMAP on a switch amap discovery time Sets the discovery transmission time interval used by the active Spanning Tree ports in the discovery tr...

Page 431: ...AMAP Common Phase Timeout Interval seconds 300 AMAP Discovery Phase Timeout Interval seconds 30 Remote Host Description falconCmm Remote Host Base MAC 00 00 00 00 00 00 Local Interface 1 2 VLAN 200 R...

Page 432: ...ess for the adjacent switch Local Interface The local switch port VLAN that received the AMAP packet Remote Interface The adjacent switch port VLAN that sent the AMAP packet Remote IP Address Configur...

Page 433: ...t Standard P802 1Q D11 IEEE Standards for Local And Metropolitan Area Network Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks July 30 1998 MIB information for the 802 1Q commands is as follows Filename alcatelIND...

Page 434: ...default description for 802 1Q tagging on a port is TAG PORT slot port VLAN vid where the slot port and vid are as entered when inputting the command when you configure 802 1Q tagging on a single por...

Page 435: ...bjects QPORTVLANTABLE qPortVlanSlot qPortVlanPort qPortVLanStatus qPortVlanTagValue qPortVlanDescription qAggregateVlanTagValue qAggregateVlanAggregateId qAggregateVlanStatus qAggregateVlanDescription...

Page 436: ...nfigures this port to accept only VLAN tagged frames Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If you configure a port to accept only VLAN tagged frames then any frames received on...

Page 437: ...09 page 15 5 Related Commands MIB Objects DOT1QPORTVLANTABLE dot1dBasePort dot1qPortAcceptableFrameTypes vlan 802 1q Creates modifies or deletes 802 1Q tagging on a single port or an aggregate of port...

Page 438: ...ommands for more information on link aggrega tion Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show 802 1q 3 4 Acceptable Frame Type Any Frame Type Force Tag Internal...

Page 439: ...gregateVlanAggregateId qAggregateVlanStatus qAggregateVlanDescription Tagged VLANS The 802 1Q tag number for this port Internal Description The description of this 802 1Q tag You can modify this descr...

Page 440: ...802 1Q Commands page 15 8 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 441: ...between any two switches Fault tolerance within the network topology The Spanning Tree is reconfigured in the event of a data path or bridge failure or when a new switch is added to the topology Suppo...

Page 442: ...auto vlan containment show spantree Explicit bridge commands bridge cist protocol bridge 1x1 protocol bridge cist priority bridge msti priority bridge 1x1 priority bridge cist hello time bridge 1x1 h...

Page 443: ...slot port auto edge bridge cist slot port restricted role bridge 1x1 slot port restricted role bridge cist slot port restricted tcn bridge 1x1 slot port restricted tcn bridge cist txholdcount bridge 1...

Page 444: ...However Bridge Protocol Data Units BPDUs are always untagged If 1x1 mode is selected a single Spanning Tree instance is enabled for each VLAN configured on the switch For example if there are five VL...

Page 445: ...story Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects vStpTable vStpNumber vStpMode bridge protocol Selects the Spanning Tree protocol for the specified instance bridge bpdu switchin...

Page 446: ...switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning Tree mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the protocol for the associated VLAN instance To configure the protocol for the flat mode CIST instance when the switc...

Page 447: ...Examples bridge mode flat bridge protocol mstp bridge protocol rstp bridge protocol stp bridge mode 1x1 bridge 10 protocol rstp bridge 200 protocol stp bridge protocol mstp bridge protocol rstp bridge...

Page 448: ...e Note that selecting MSTP is only an option for the flat mode CIST instance and is required to config ure Multiple Spanning Tree Instances MSTI MSTP is only active when the switch is operating in the...

Page 449: ...jects vStpInsTable vStpInsNumber vStpInsProtocolSpecification bridge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge protocol Implicit command for changing the Spanning...

Page 450: ...e regardless of which operating mode flat or 1x1 is active on the switch If the switch is running in flat mode when this command is used the specified protocol is not active for the specified VLAN ins...

Page 451: ...Distributed Spanning Tree Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 16 11 MIB Objects vStpInsTable vStpIns1x1VlanNumber vStpInsMode vStpInsProtocolSpecification...

Page 452: ...them e g Alcatel Lucent Marketing Defaults By default the MST region name is left blank Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove the MST region n...

Page 453: ...ionConfigName bridge mst region revision level Defines the revision level for an MST region bridge mst region max hops Defines the maximum number of hops for the MST region bridge msti Defines a MSTI...

Page 454: ...Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Specifying an MST region revision level is allowed regardless of which Spanning Tree operating mode or protocol is currently active on the switch...

Page 455: ...onal value that applies to all instances and in essence is used to determine the size of the region The maximum hop count value is the initial value of the Remaining Hops parameter in the MST BPDU tha...

Page 456: ...er vStpMstRegionMaxHops bridge mst region name Defines the name for an MST region bridge mst region revision level Defines the revision level for an MST region bridge msti Defines a MSTI number that i...

Page 457: ...xists The MSTI ID number for this instance is 0 Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no msti form of this command to remove the MSTI from the switch configuration Use the no na...

Page 458: ...stInstanceVlanBitmapAddition vStpMstInstanceVlanBitmapDeletion vStpMstInstanceVlanBitmapState bridge mst region name Defines the name for an MST region bridge mst region revision level Defines the rev...

Page 459: ...ranges e g 100 115 122 135 200 210 Defaults By default all VLANs are associated with the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree CIST instance which is also known as MSTI 0 Platforms Supported Om...

Page 460: ...le vStpMstVlanAssignmentVlanNumber vStpMstVlanAssignmentMstiNumber bridge mst region name Defines the name for an MST region bridge mst region revision level Defines the revision level for an MST regi...

Page 461: ...eight octets long The remaining six octets of the Bridge ID contain a dedicated bridge MAC address The lower the bridge priority number the higher the priority that is associated with the bridge Spec...

Page 462: ...StpInsTable vStpInsNumber vStpInsMode vStpInsPriority vStpInsBridgeAddress bridge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge cist priority Explicit command for cha...

Page 463: ...C address The lower the bridge priority number the higher the priority that is associated with the bridge This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the CIST instance regar...

Page 464: ...perating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge priority Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for the flat mode CIST instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance bridge msti priority Expli...

Page 465: ...g Tree instance number For example if the priority value of MSTI 10 equals 32768 the default then the Spanning Tree priority value advertised for this instance is 32770 32768 10 The lower the bridge p...

Page 466: ...InsTable vStpInsMstiNumber vStpInsMode vStpInsPriority vStpInsBridgeAddress bridge mode Selects a flat Spanning Tree or 1x1 per VLAN Spanning Tree operat ing mode for the switch bridge priority Implic...

Page 467: ...cated bridge MAC address The lower the bridge priority number the higher the priority that is associated with the bridge This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the spec...

Page 468: ...operat ing mode for the switch bridge priority Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for the flat mode CIST instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance bridge cist priority Explicit comman...

Page 469: ...Increasing the Hello Time interval lowers the overhead of the Spanning Tree Algorithm Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning Tree mode implies a...

Page 470: ...geHelloTime bridge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge cist hello time Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree hello time value for the CIST instanc...

Page 471: ...val improves the robustness of the Spanning Tree Algorithm Increasing the Hello Time interval lowers the overhead of the Spanning Tree Algorithm This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that...

Page 472: ...de Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge hello time Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree hello time value for the flat mode CIST instance or for a 1x1 m...

Page 473: ...proves the robustness of the Spanning Tree Algorithm Increasing the Hello Time interval lowers the overhead of the Spanning Tree Algorithm This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only a...

Page 474: ...ridge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge hello time Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree hello time value for the flat mode CIST instance or for...

Page 475: ...es the Spanning Tree Algorithm to reconfigure more often Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning Tree mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the m...

Page 476: ...idgeMaxAge bridge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge cist max age Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree max age time value for the CIST instance...

Page 477: ...upported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines A low max age time causes the Spanning Tree Algorithm to reconfigure more often This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the CIS...

Page 478: ...e Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge max age Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree max age time value for the flat mode CIST instance or for a 1x1 mod...

Page 479: ...d OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines A low max age time causes the Spanning Tree Algorithm to reconfigure more often This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified...

Page 480: ...idge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge max age Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree max age time value for the flat mode CIST instance or for a...

Page 481: ...fore the reconfiguration message has reached all nodes on the network The forward delay time is also used to age out all dynamic MAC address entries in the forwarding table MAC address table when a to...

Page 482: ...ree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge cist forward delay Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree forward delay time value for the CIST instance when the switch is operating in e...

Page 483: ...he network because data may get forwarded before the reconfiguration message has reached all nodes on the network The forward delay time is also used to age out all dynamic MAC address entries in the...

Page 484: ...the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge forward delay Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree forward delay time value for the flat mode CIST instance or for a 1x1...

Page 485: ...he network because data may get forwarded before the reconfiguration message has reached all nodes on the network The forward delay time is also used to age out all dynamic MAC address entries in the...

Page 486: ...Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge forward delay Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree forward delay time value for the flat mode CIST instance or fo...

Page 487: ...us For example setting the BPDU switching status to enabled is allowed on a VLAN that also has Spanning Tree enabled The bridge bpdu switching command is an implicit Spanning Tree command When issued...

Page 488: ...ce Guide November 2009 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects vStpInsTable vStpInsBpduSwitching vlan stp Enables or disables Spanning Tree instance for the s...

Page 489: ...the default path cost value when this mode is changed When connecting a switch running in the 32 bit path cost mode to a switch running in the 16 bit mode the 32 bit switch will have a higher path cos...

Page 490: ...Distributed Spanning Tree Commands page 16 50 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects vStpBridge vStpPathCostMode...

Page 491: ...e the bridge auto vlan containment command but do not specify an msti_ id When AVC is globally enabled it is active for all MSTIs To disable AVC for a single instance use the disable form of this comm...

Page 492: ...lated Commands MIB Objects vStpInsTable vStpInsAutoVlanContainment vStpBridge vStpBridgeAutoVlanContainment bridge slot port path cost Defines a Spanning Tree path cost for a port show spantree msti p...

Page 493: ...Spanning Tree mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the port Spanning Tree status for the associated VLAN instance If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP or RSTP is the active protocol ent...

Page 494: ...ing Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge cist slot port Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree status on a port or an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the swi...

Page 495: ...IST instance regardless of which operating mode flat or 1x1 or protocol is active on the switch If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used the Spanning Tree status configured for t...

Page 496: ...dge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge slot port Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree status on a port for the flat mode CIST instance or for...

Page 497: ...e regardless of which operating mode flat or 1x1 is active on the switch If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used the Spanning Tree status config ured for the port is not ac...

Page 498: ...e mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge slot port Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree status on a port for the flat mode CIST instance or for a...

Page 499: ...ty Port priority value 0 15 The lower the number the higher the priority Defaults By default the bridge port priority value is set to 7 Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The port pr...

Page 500: ...ree priority for a port or an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the switch is operat ing in either the 1x1 or flat mode bridge msti slot port priority Explicit command for configuring the...

Page 501: ...Defaults By default the bridge port priority value is set to 7 Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The port priority specifies the value of the priority field contained in the first b...

Page 502: ...for configuring the Spanning Tree priority value for a port or an aggregate of ports that applies to the specified CIST or VLAN instance bridge msti slot port priority Explicit command for configurin...

Page 503: ...riority field contained in the first byte of the Port ID The second byte contains the physical switch port number This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified M...

Page 504: ...ng mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge slot port priority Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority value for a port or an aggregate of ports that applies to the specified CIST or...

Page 505: ...ity Defaults By default the bridge port priority value is set to 7 Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The port priority specifies the value of the priority field contained in the fir...

Page 506: ...d for configuring the Spanning Tree priority value for a port or an aggregate of ports that applies to the specified CIST or VLAN instance bridge slot port path cost Explicit command for configuring t...

Page 507: ...lts By default the path cost is set to zero Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning Tree mod...

Page 508: ...for a link aggregate is set to zero the following default values based on link speed and link aggregate size are used Link Speed IEEE 802 1D Recommended Value 10 MB 2 000 000 100 MB 200 000 1 GB 20 00...

Page 509: ...aggregate size are used Note that for Gigabit ports the aggregate size is not applicable in this case Examples bridge mode flat bridge 1 4 1 path cost 19 bridge 1 5 1 path cost 0 bridge mode 1x1 bridg...

Page 510: ...command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost for a port or an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the switch is operat ing in either the 1x1 or flat mode bridge msti slot port path c...

Page 511: ...Guidelines This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the port path cost value for the CIST instance regardless of which operating mode flat or 1x1 or protocol is active on...

Page 512: ...for a link aggregate is set to zero the following default values based on link speed and link aggregate size are used Link Speed IEEE 802 1D Recommended Value 10 MB 2 000 000 100 MB 200 000 1 GB 20 00...

Page 513: ...gate size are used Note that for Gigabit ports the aggregate size is not applicable in this case Examples bridge mode flat bridge cist 4 1 path cost 19 bridge cist 16 path cost 12000 bridge mode 1x1 b...

Page 514: ...licit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost value for a port or an aggregate of ports that applies to the specified CIST or VLAN instance bridge msti slot port path cost Explicit command...

Page 515: ...tch If MSTP is not the selected flat mode protocol however the path cost value for any MSTI is not configurable Note that if zero is entered for the msti_id value the specified path cost value is appl...

Page 516: ...ath cost 200000 bridge msti 2 4 1 path cost 20000 bridge mode 1x1 bridge msti 0 1 24 path cost 200000 bridge msti 2 1 24 path cost 20000 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Link Speed...

Page 517: ...e path cost value for a port or an aggregate of ports that applies to the specified CIST or VLAN instance bridge cist slot port path cost Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost v...

Page 518: ...Usage Guidelines This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance regardless of which operating mode flat or 1x1 is active on the switch If the switch...

Page 519: ...for a link aggregate is set to zero the following default values based on link speed and link aggregate size are used Link Speed IEEE 802 1D Recommended Value 10 MB 2 000 000 100 MB 200 000 1 GB 20 00...

Page 520: ...ortPathCost Link Speed Aggregate Size number of links Default Path Cost Value 10 Mbps 2 60 4 40 8 30 100 Mbps 2 12 4 9 8 7 1 Gbps N A 3 10 Gbps N A 1 bridge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mo...

Page 521: ...Tree Protocol Defaults By default the port Spanning Tree mode is set to dynamic Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is...

Page 522: ...able vStpInsPortNumber vStpInsPortManualMode bridge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge cist slot port mode Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tr...

Page 523: ...Spanning Tree mode is set to dynamic Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the port Spanning Tree mode for the CI...

Page 524: ...Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge slot port mode Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree mode for a port or an aggregate of ports for the CIST insta...

Page 525: ...t state to blocking forwarding Sets port state to forwarding Defaults By default the port Spanning Tree mode is set to dynamic Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command is an e...

Page 526: ...d Commands MIB Objects vStpInsPortTable vStpInsPortNumber vStpInsPortManualMode bridge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge slot port mode Implicit command f...

Page 527: ...dge or bridge cist slot port auto edge command to configure edge port status Defaults By default the link connection type is set to auto point to point Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidel...

Page 528: ...ge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge cist slot port connection Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree connection type for a port or an aggrega...

Page 529: ...t to auto point to point Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the port connection type for the CIST instance rega...

Page 530: ...bridge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge slot port connection Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree connection type for a port or an aggregat...

Page 531: ...ink connection type is set to auto point to point Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instanc...

Page 532: ...pe bridge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge slot port connection Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree connection type for a port or an aggre...

Page 533: ...port status is disabled off Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the port connection type for the CIST instance r...

Page 534: ...bridge cist 2 2 admin edge enable bridge cist 8 23 admin edge off Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects vStpInsPortTable vStpInsPortNumber vStpInsPortAdminE...

Page 535: ...tive edge port status is disabled off Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance regardless...

Page 536: ...e 1x1 bridge 1x1 3 2 2 admin edge enable bridge 1x1 255 10 admin edge off Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects vStpInsPortTable vStpInsPortNumber vStpInsPo...

Page 537: ...or 1x1 is active on the switch If the switch is running in the 1x1 mode when this command is used the specified edge port status for the port is not active for the CIST instance until the switch is r...

Page 538: ...ber vStpInsPortAutoEdge bridge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge 1x1 slot port auto edge Configures whether or not Spanning Tree determines the operationa...

Page 539: ...mode flat or 1x1 is active on the switch If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used the specified edge port status for the port is not active for the VLAN instance until the...

Page 540: ...rtNumber vStpInsPortAutoEdge bridge mode Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode flat or 1x1 for the switch bridge cist slot port auto edge Configures whether or not Spanning Tree automatically deter...

Page 541: ...both parameters specify the same functionality for this command on Turns on enables the restricted role status for the specified port off Turns off disables the restricted role status for the specifi...

Page 542: ...2 2 root guard enable bridge cist 10 restricted role off Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects vStpInsPortTable vStpInsPortNumber vStpInsPortRestrictedRole...

Page 543: ...ole status for the specified port VLAN instance off Turns off disables the restricted role status for the specified port VLAN instance enable Enables the restricted role status for the specified port...

Page 544: ...2 2 root guard enable bridge 1x1 255 10 restricted role off Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects vStpInsPortTable vStpInsPortNumber vStpInsPortRestrictedRo...

Page 545: ...TCN status for the specified port CIST instance disable Disables the restricted TCN status for the specified port CIST instance Defaults By default the restricted TCN status for the port is disabled...

Page 546: ...restricted tcn enable bridge cist 10 restricted tcn off Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects vStpInsPortTable vStpInsPortNumber vStpInsPortRestrictedTcn br...

Page 547: ...the restricted TCN status for the specified port VLAN instance disable Disables the restricted TCN status for the specified port VLAN instance Defaults By default the restricted TCN is set to disable...

Page 548: ...ted tcn enable bridge 1x1 255 10 restricted tcn off Release History Release 6 1 3 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects vStpInsPortTable vStpInsPortNumber vStpInsPortRestrictedTcn bridge...

Page 549: ...ich operating mode flat or 1x1 is active on the switch If the switch is running in the 1x1 mode when this command is used the specified txholdcount status for the port is not active for the CIST insta...

Page 550: ...ating mode flat or 1x1 is active on the switch If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used the specified txholdcount status for the port is not active for the VLAN instance unt...

Page 551: ...sabled on the switch Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to disable RRSTP on the switch Examples bridge rrstp no bridge rrstp Release History Release 6...

Page 552: ...on enable Enables the RRSTP ring disable Disables the RRSTP ring Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a specific RRSTP ring This comm...

Page 553: ...e rrstp ring 1 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects vStpRrstpRingConfigTable vStpRrstpRingId vStpRrstpRingPort1 vStpRrstpRingPort2 vStpRrstpRingVlanTag vSt...

Page 554: ...tch 6250 Usage Guidelines The RRSTP ring can have only one VLAN tag associated with it Untagged RRSTP frames shall be generated if the specified vlan tag is the default VLAN of the ports The ring port...

Page 555: ...Distributed Spanning Tree Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 16 115 MIB Objects vStpRrstpRingConfigTable vStpRrstpRingId vStpRrstpRingVlanTag...

Page 556: ...ng Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The RRSTP status can also be modified by using bridge rrstp ring command Examples bridge rrstp ring 1 status enable Release History Rel...

Page 557: ...for all instances Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running the 1x1 Spanning Tree operating mode implies a VLAN ID and displays Spanning Tree bridge information for th...

Page 558: ...e state for the CIST instance ON or OFF Protocol The Spanning Tree protocol applied to the instance STP or RSTP Configured through the bridge protocol command Mode The Spanning Tree operating mode for...

Page 559: ...arding Database when a topology change occurs Configured through the bridge forward delay command Hello Time The amount of time in seconds between the transmission of Configu ration BPDUs on any port...

Page 560: ...ge 00 00 00 Current Parameters seconds Max Age 20 Forward Delay 15 Hello Time 2 Parameters system uses when attempting to become root System Max Age 20 System Forward Delay 15 System Hello Time 2 outp...

Page 561: ...ort Topology Changes The number of topology changes detected by this Spanning Tree instance since the management entity was last reset or initialized Topology age The amount of time in hundredths of s...

Page 562: ...StpInsTimeSinceTopologyChange vStpInsMaxAge vStpInsForwardDelay vStpInsHelloTime show spantree cist Explicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge configu ration for the CIST instance regard...

Page 563: ...his command is used in the 1x1 mode as the CIST is not active in this mode See second example below Examples bridge mode flat show spantree cist Spanning Tree Parameters for Cist Spanning Tree Status...

Page 564: ...Cost to CST Root The cost of the path to the root of the flat mode CIST instance This field only appears when MSTP is active on the switch Next CST Best Cost The cost of the next best root port for t...

Page 565: ...e Spanning Tree root or is attempt ing to become the Spanning Tree root Configured through the bridge hello time command System Max Age The Max Age value for the root bridge System Forward Delay The F...

Page 566: ...Priority vStpInsBridgeAddress vStpInsTimeSinceTopologyChange vStpInsTopChanges vStpInsDesignatedRoot vStpInsRootCost vStpInsRootPortNumber vStpInsNextBestRootCost vStpInsNextBestRootPortNumber vStpIns...

Page 567: ...witch Note that minimal information is displayed when this command is used in the 1x1 mode as MSTIs are not active in this mode In addition this command will fail if MSTP is not the selected flat mode...

Page 568: ...ee msti 1 Spanning Tree Parameters for Msti 1 Spanning Tree Status ON Protocol IEEE Multiple STP mode FLAT Single STP Priority 32769 0x8001 Bridge ID 8001 00 d0 95 6b 08 40 Designated Root 8001 00 d0...

Page 569: ...an MSTI Configured through the bridge protocol command Mode The Spanning Tree operating mode for the switch 1x1 or flat Config ured through the bridge mode command Priority The Spanning Tree bridge pr...

Page 570: ...g state until it reaches the forwarding state This is also the amount of time used to age out all dynamic entries in the Forwarding Database when a topology change occurs MSTIs inherit this value from...

Page 571: ...vStpInsBridgeAddress vStpInsTimeSinceTopologyChange vStpInsTopChanges vStpInsDesignatedRoot vStpInsRootCost vStpInsRootPortNumber vStpInsNextBestRootCost vStpInsNextBestRootPortNumber vStpInsMaxAge vS...

Page 572: ...IDs is also allowed Use a hyphen to indicate a contiguous range e g show spantree 1x1 10 15 Note that only one VLAN entry a single VLAN ID or a range of VLAN IDs is allowed with this command Multiple...

Page 573: ...TP 32768 0x8000 13 ON RSTP 32768 0x8000 14 ON RSTP 32768 0x8000 15 ON RSTP 32768 0x8000 output definitions Spanning Tree Path Cost Mode The Spanning Tree path cost mode for the switch 32 BIT or AUTO C...

Page 574: ...ge The amount of time in hundredths of seconds since the last topology change was detected by this Spanning Tree instance hh mm ss or dd days and hh mm ss Max Age The amount of time in seconds that Sp...

Page 575: ...vStpInsBridgeTxHoldCount vStpInsForwardDelay vStpInsBridgeMaxAge vStpInsBridgeHelloTime vStpInsBridgeForwardDelay vStpIns1x1VlanNumber show spantree Implicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree...

Page 576: ...instance value is specified with this command Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If an instance number is not specified this command displays the Spanning Tree operational...

Page 577: ...00 00 1 7 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 7 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 8 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 8 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 9 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 9 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 10 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 10 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00...

Page 578: ...is 0 Role The role of the port for this Spanning Tree instance Possible port roles are root designated alternate and backup Prim Port The slot number for the module and the physical port number on th...

Page 579: ...st command Adm Cnx The administrative connection type PTP NPT or AUT Configured through the bridge slot port connection command Adm Edg The edge port administrative status yes indicates that the port...

Page 580: ...e Multiple Spanning Tree Instance MSTI instance number Config ured through the bridge msti command Note that MSTI 0 also repre sents the CIST instance that is always present on the switch Port The slo...

Page 581: ...00 00 00 1 10 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 10 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 11 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 11 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 12 FORW 19 0 ROOT 1 12 PTP NO 0001 00 d0 95 6a 79 50 show spantree 1 ports active Span...

Page 582: ...idge slot port connection command on page 16 87 for more information Desig Bridge ID The bridge identifier for the designated bridge for this port s segment output definitions Port The slot number for...

Page 583: ...atus yes indicates that the port is a restricted role port no indicates that the port is not a restricted role port Config ured through the bridge cist slot port restricted role or bridge 1x1 slot por...

Page 584: ...rity vStpInsPortEnable vStpInsPortState vStpInsPortManualMode vStpInsPortPathCost vStpInsPortDesignatedCost vStpInsPortRole vStpInsPortAdminConnectionType vStpInsPortOperConnectionType vStpInsPortAdmi...

Page 585: ...Usage Guidelines This is an explicit Spanning Tree command that displays Spanning Tree port information for the flat mode CIST instance regardless of which mode 1x1 or flat is active on the switch No...

Page 586: ...Cost The contribution of this port to the path cost towards the Spanning Tree root bridge that includes this port Path cost is a measure of the distance of the listed port from the root bridge in the...

Page 587: ...t port connection command Adm Edg The edge port administrative status yes indicates that the port is an admin edge port no indicates that the port is not an admin edge port Configured through the brid...

Page 588: ...nualMode vStpInsPortRole vStpInsPrimaryPortNumber vStpInsPortAdminConnectionType vStpInsPortOperConnectionType show spantree ports Implicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information for th...

Page 589: ...e Guidelines If an msti_id number is not specified this command displays the Spanning Tree port operational status path cost and role values for all associated MSTIs This is an explicit Spanning Tree...

Page 590: ...1 16 DIS 0 DIS 0 1 17 DIS 0 DIS 0 1 18 DIS 0 DIS 0 1 19 DIS 0 DIS 0 1 20 DIS 0 DIS 0 1 21 DIS 0 DIS 0 1 22 DIS 0 DIS 0 1 23 DIS 0 DIS 0 1 24 DIS 0 DIS 0 5 1 DIS 0 DIS 0 5 2 DIS 0 DIS 1 1 1 FORW 20000...

Page 591: ...00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 20 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 20 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 21 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 21 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 22 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 22 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 23 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 23 NS N...

Page 592: ...t The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that module for the primary port associated with this Spanning Tree instance This information is only available if the port role is bac...

Page 593: ...icates that the port is not an automatic edge port Configured through the bridge cist slot port auto edge or bridge 1x1 slot port auto edge command Rstr Tcn The restricted TCN capability yes indicates...

Page 594: ...vStpInsPortPriority vStpInsPortState vStpInsPortEnable vStpInsPortPathCost vStpInsPortDesignatedCost vStpInsPortDesignatedBridge vStpInsPortAdminEdge vStpInsPortAutoEdge vStpInsPortRestrictedRole vStp...

Page 595: ...r is not specified this command displays the Spanning Tree port operational status path cost and role values for all VLAN instances Specifying a range of VLAN IDs is also allowed Use a hyphen to indic...

Page 596: ...DIS 1 6 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 7 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 7 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 8 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 8 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 9 DIS 0 0 DIS 1 9 NS NO 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 10 DIS 0 0 DI...

Page 597: ...ards the Spanning Tree root bridge that includes this port Path cost is a measure of the distance of the listed port from the root bridge in the number of hops Config ured through the bridge 1x1 slot...

Page 598: ...T OFF Spanning Tree Port Admin Configuration for Vlan 11 Port Adm Man Config Adm Adm Aut Rstr Rstr Role OS8800 PVST Port Pri St Mode Cost Cnx Edg Edg Tcn Root Guard 10G Opt Cfg Stat 1 36 7 ENA No 0 AU...

Page 599: ...ge port no indicates that the port is not an automatic edge port Configured through the bridge cist slot port auto edge or bridge 1x1 slot port auto edge command Rstr Tcn The restricted TCN capability...

Page 600: ...ortRestrictedTcn vStpInsPortManualMode vStpInsPortRole vStpInsPrimaryPortNumber vStpInsPortAdminConnectionType vStpInsPortOperConnectionType show spantree ports Implicit command for displaying Spannin...

Page 601: ...ommand is available when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode Examples show spantree mst region Configuration Name Region 1 Revision Level 0 Configuration Digest 0xac36...

Page 602: ...rmation Con figured through the bridge mst region max hops command Cist Instance Number The number of the CIST instance which is currently zero as there is only one region per switch Therefore only on...

Page 603: ...itch 6250 Usage Guidelines If an msti_id is not specified then the VLAN to MSTI mapping for all defined MSTIs is displayed This command is available when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or f...

Page 604: ...r the CIST instance Msti The MSTI ID number that identifies an association between a Spanning Tree instance and a range of VLANs Name An alphanumeric value that identifies an MSTI name Use the bridge...

Page 605: ...the flat mode CIST instance 0 also known as MSTI 0 Examples show spantree cist vlan map Spanning Tree Cist Vlan map Cist Name VLAN list 1 9 14 4094 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduce...

Page 606: ...istributed Spanning Tree Commands page 16 166 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects vStpMstInstanceTable vStpMstInstanceNumber vStpMstInstanceName vStpMstInstanceVlanBitmapStat...

Page 607: ...in either the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode Initially all VLANs are associated with the flat mode CIST instance also known as MSTI 0 Examples show spantree 200 map msti Vlan Msti Cist 0 200 0 Releas...

Page 608: ...OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command is only available when the switch is running in the flat Spanning Tree mode Note that MST 0 also represents the flat mode CIST instance which all ports ar...

Page 609: ...belongs to a dif ferent MST region MST The Multiple Spanning Tree Instance MSTI number that is associated with this port Role The role of the port for this Spanning Tree instance Possible port roles...

Page 610: ...ax Definitions N A Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show bridge rrstp configuration RRSTP Global state is Enabled Release History Release 6 6 1 command wa...

Page 611: ...Usage Guidelines Use the ring_id parameter with this command to display information for a specific ring Examples show bridge rrstp ring RingId Vlan Tag Ring Port1 Ring Port2 Ring Status 2 1000 1 19 1...

Page 612: ...ommands MIB Objects vStpRrstpRingConfigTable vStpRrstpRingId vStpRrstpRingPort1 vStpRrstpRingPort2 vStpRrstpRingVlanTag vStpRrstpRingState vStpRrstpRingRowStatus bridge rrstp ring Creates a RRSTP ring...

Page 613: ...fault Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines In order to handle PVST mode the ports must be configured in 1x1 mode This command enables the ports to handle PVST BPDUs In this mode the br...

Page 614: ...roup auto IEEE BPDUs are used until a PVST BPDU is detected enable Specifies that PVST BPDUs will be used disable Specifies that IEEE BPDUs will be used Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Us...

Page 615: ...Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 16 175 Related Commands MIB Objects vStpPortConfigTable vStpPortConfigIfInedx vStpPortConfigPVST bridge mode 1x1 pvst Enables or disable...

Page 616: ...Distributed Spanning Tree Commands page 16 176 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 617: ...and on a per port basis Once a loop is discovered the port from which the loop originated is placed into an Inactive state and when the two ports of a switch is connected to each other via a hub eith...

Page 618: ...k detection will be operational only if LBD is enabled globally and also on the specific port LBD can be configured for a port and the configuration can be applied and retained whether or not LBD is e...

Page 619: ...ified port disable Disables LBD on the specified port Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Loopback Detection must be enabled globally to enable LBD functionality...

Page 620: ...9 Related Commands MIB Objects alaLdbPortConfigTable alaLdbPortConfigEntry alaLdbPortConfigIndex alaLdbPortConfigLdbAdminStatus alaLdbPortConfigLdbOperStatus loopback detection Enables or disables LBD...

Page 621: ...ults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines If the timer value is not configured the default value of 30 seconds is assigned to the transmission period The timer can be modi...

Page 622: ...valid range is from 30 to 86400 seconds Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines If the autorecovery timer value is not configured the default value of 300 seconds is...

Page 623: ...ion Global LBD Status Enabled Global LBD Transmission Timer 200 sec Global LBD Auto recovery Timer 300 sec show loopback detection port 1 1 Global LBD Status Enabled Global LBD Transmission Timer 200...

Page 624: ...Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaLdbConfigTable alaLdbGLobalConfigStatus loopback detection Enables or disables LBD globally on the switch show loo...

Page 625: ...te 1 2 enabled Normal show loopback detection port 1 1 Global LBD Status Enabled Global LBD Transmission Timer 200 sec Global LBD Transmission Timer 300 sec Port LBD Status Enabled Port LBD State Norm...

Page 626: ...elease History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaLdbConfigTable alaLdbGLobalConfigStatus loopback detection Enables or disables LBD globally on the switch show loopb...

Page 627: ...tch Examples show loopback detection statistics port 1 1 LBD Port Statistics LBD Packet Send 1 Invalid LBD Packet Received 0 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB O...

Page 628: ...Loopback Detection Commands page 17 12 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 629: ...ging time value for static and dynamically learned MAC addresses and display MAC Address Table entries and statistics MIB information for Source Learning commands is as follows Filename AlcatelInd1Mac...

Page 630: ...arned address mac_address Enter the destination MAC Address to add to the MAC Address Table e g 00 00 39 59 f1 0c slot port Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on that mo...

Page 631: ...see page 18 6 to set the aging time value for all static and dynamically learned MAC addresses This is the value applied to static MAC addresses defined using the mac address table timeout form of thi...

Page 632: ...er multiple ports and port ranges slot2 port2 port2a Additional egress slot and port combinations may be assigned to the static multicast MAC address You may enter multiple ports and port ranges link_...

Page 633: ...N association Each multicast address VLAN association is treated as a unique instance and assigned a group number specific to that instance Up to 1022 such instances are supported per switch Note that...

Page 634: ...at applies to all VLANs Configuring this value on a per VLAN basis is not supported on this platform Note that an inactive MAC address may take up to twice as long as the agining time value specified...

Page 635: ...ddress table Configures a static destination Unicast MAC address for a VLAN bridge show mac address table Displays Source Learning MAC Address Table information show mac address table count Displays S...

Page 636: ...not supported on mobile ports Learned Port Security ports individual ports which are members of a link aggregate or Access Guardian 802 1x ports When port based source learning is configured for a lin...

Page 637: ...8 9 Release History Release 6 6 1 command introduced Related Commands Related MIB Objects slMacAddressTable slMacLearningControlTable slMacLearningControlEntry slMacLearningControlStatus show source l...

Page 638: ...umber on that module e g 3 1 specifies port 1 on slot 3 link_agg Enter a link aggregate ID number 0 31 See Chapter 12 Link Aggre gation Commands vid A single VLAN ID number 1 4094 vid1 vid2 A contiguo...

Page 639: ...earned bridging 2 8 13 00 d0 95 b2 3d fa learned bridging 2 8 Total number of Valid MAC addresses above 14 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions VLAN Vlan ID number a...

Page 640: ...B Objects slMacAddressTable slMacAddress slMacAddressManagement slMacAddressDisposition slMacAddressProtocol show mac address table count Displays Source Learning MAC Address Table statistics show mac...

Page 641: ...on is displayed for all static multicast MAC addresses contained in the MAC address table Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Note that only one VLAN entry a single VLAN ID or a range...

Page 642: ...ast bridging 2 6 1 00 d0 95 e2 77 38 learned bridging 3 19 Total number of Valid MAC addresses above 5 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions VLAN Vla...

Page 643: ...Source Learning Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 18 15 MIB Objects slMacAddressTable slMacAddress slMacAddressManagement slMacAddressDisposition slMacAddressProtocol...

Page 644: ...the count statistics are displayed for all MAC addresses contained in the MAC address table Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines To display statistics for all ports on one slot specify...

Page 645: ...the next switch reboot DeleteOnTimeout Address Count The number of static MAC addresses configured on the switch with a timeout management status MAC address ages out according to the MAC address tab...

Page 646: ...age 18 2 and to dynamically learned MAC addresses Note that the aging time is the same for all VLANs because it is not configurable on a per VLAN basis The aging time value on this platform is a globa...

Page 647: ...entifier Defaults By default the source learning status for all switch ports and link aggregates is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the port slot port or linkagg lin...

Page 648: ...rolStatus output definitions port The slot port number for a switch port or a link aggregate ID number If the interface is a link aggregate ID zero is displayed as the slot number e g 0 29 source lear...

Page 649: ...ange of learned source MAC addresses This chapter includes descriptions of the CLI commands used to define LPS parameters and display infor mation about the current LPS configuration MIB information f...

Page 650: ...ort security slot port port2 Syntax Definitions slot port The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that module e g 3 1 specifies port 1 on slot 3 port2 The last port number in a...

Page 651: ...learning time limit window speci fying a maximum number of MACs allowed on a specific port configuring a list of MAC addresses individual or range of addresses allowed on the port and determining how...

Page 652: ...ts By default the LPS source learning time limit is not set for the switch Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The LPS source learning time window is started and or reset each time th...

Page 653: ...ningWindowTimeWithStaticConversion port security Enables or disables Learned Port Security LPS on the switch port s port security mac Configures a single authorized source MAC address for a port that...

Page 654: ...port Defaults By default the number of MAC addresses allowed is set to 1 Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If the port attempts to learn a MAC address that will exceed the maximum n...

Page 655: ...for a port that belongs to a specified VLAN port security mac range Configures a list of authorized MAC addresses by defining a range of addresses allowed on the port port security shutdown Configure...

Page 656: ...maximum number of filtered MAC addresses that can be learned on an LPS port is set to 5 Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines When the number of filtered MAC addresses learned on the po...

Page 657: ...ports you want to configure on the same slot e g 3 1 4 specifies ports 1 4 on slot 3 chassis Specifies all the LPS eligible ports on the chassis Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage...

Page 658: ...ber 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects learnedPortSecurityGlobalGroup lpsConvertToStatic port security Enables or disables Learned Port Security LPS on the switch port s port security maximum Specifies...

Page 659: ...AC address entries from the LPS table When a MAC address is removed from the LPS table it is automat ically cleared from the source learning table at the same time LPS should be enabled on the port be...

Page 660: ...of authorized MAC addresses by defining a range of addresses allowed on the port port security shutdown Configures the amount of time in minutes to allow source learning on all LPS ports Also enables...

Page 661: ...0 95 00 10 2F Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If low and high end MAC addresses are not specified with this command then the range is set back to the default range value...

Page 662: ...RowStatus port security Enables or disables Learned Port Security LPS on the switch port s port security mac Configures a single authorized source MAC address for a port that belongs to a specified VL...

Page 663: ...ffic no traf fic is allowed on the port Defaults By default the security violation mode is set to restrict when LPS is enabled on the port Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines When a t...

Page 664: ...aximum Specifies the maximum number of source MAC addresses that an LPS port s is allowed to learn port security mac Configures a single authorized source MAC address for a port that belongs to a spec...

Page 665: ...xisting LPS configuration for the port Note that when this command is used all MAC addresses known to the specified port are flushed from the switch MAC address table Examples port security 2 14 relea...

Page 666: ...Learned Port Security Commands page 19 18 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects learnedPortSecurityTable lpsRelease...

Page 667: ...esses learned is set to 5 Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines When the number of bridged MAC addresses learned on the port matches the specified threshold amount a trap is sent for ev...

Page 668: ...tion are displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Displays ports that have an LPS configuration even if LPS is disabled on the port Use the slot port port2 parameter with this co...

Page 669: ...t for every MAC learned thereafter If disabled is displayed in this field the trap threshold is not in force Configured through the port security learn trap threshold command Max MAC filtered The maxi...

Page 670: ...mber 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects learnedPortSecurityTable lpsMaxMacNum lpsMaxFilteredMacNum lpsLoMacRange lpsHiMacRange lpsViolationOption lpsOperStatus lpsRelease show port security shutdown Di...

Page 671: ...is still allowed after the LPS time limit has expired however all learning is stopped if the number of MAC addresses learned meets or exceeds the maximum number of addresses allowed even if the LPS t...

Page 672: ...nce Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects learnedPortSecurityGlobalGroup lpsConvertToStatic lpsLearningWindowTime lpsLearningWindowTimeWithStaticConversion port security learn trap threshol...

Page 673: ...ng hardware Notifying other software modules in the system when Ethernet links become active or inactive Configuring basic line parameters for Ethernet ports Gathering basic line statistics for Ethern...

Page 674: ...counting show interfaces counters show interfaces counters errors show interfaces collisions show interfaces status show interfaces port show interfaces ifg show interfaces flood rate show interfaces...

Page 675: ...gure port Port number of the interface you want to configure port2 Last port number in a range of ports you want to configure enable Port link up down traps are displayed on the NMS disable Port link...

Page 676: ...hernet Port Commands page 20 4 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects esmConfigTable esmPortSlot esmPortIF show interfaces status Displays interface line settin...

Page 677: ...Sets the maximum speed to 1000 megabits 1 Gigabit Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines You can only configure one slot at a time Repeat the command to configure additional sl...

Page 678: ...interfaces 3 speed 100 interfaces 3 1 8 speed auto Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects esmConfTable esmPortCfgSpeed interfaces duplex Configures duplex m...

Page 679: ...o negotiation is disabled auto MDIX auto speed and auto duplex are not accepted See the interfaces crossover command on page 20 9 for more information Configuration changes made with the interfaces au...

Page 680: ...introduced Related Commands MIB Objects esmConfTable esmPortCfgAutoNegotiation interfaces speed Configures interface speed interfaces crossover Configures crossover port settings show interfaces stat...

Page 681: ...ich is the standard for end stations Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines You can only configure one slot at a time Repeat the command to configure additional slots If auto ne...

Page 682: ...ands MIB Objects esmConfTable esmPortCfgCrossover interfaces speed Configures interface speed interfaces autoneg Enables and disables auto negotiation show interfaces status Displays interface line se...

Page 683: ...p sending traffic to the peer Does not transmit PAUSE frames to peer switches tx and rx Transmits and honors PAUSE frames when traffic congestion occurs between peer switches disable Disables flow con...

Page 684: ...useAdminMode Configured Local Tx Configured Local Rx Configured Remote Tx Configured Remote Rx Operational Local Tx Operational Local Rx No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No No N...

Page 685: ...Last port number in a range of ports you want to configure full Sets interface to full duplex mode half Sets interface to half duplex mode auto Switch will automatically set both the duplex mode setti...

Page 686: ...duplex half interfaces 3 1 4 auto Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects esmConfTable esmPortAutoDuplexMode interfaces speed Configures interface line speed...

Page 687: ...nge of ports you want to configure up Enables the interface down Disables the interface Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples interfaces 3 1 admin up interfaces 3...

Page 688: ...ure one port at time You cannot configure an alias for multiple ports To remove an alias use a description consisting of two quotes without any spaces e g On combo ports the configuration changes made...

Page 689: ...a range of ports you want to configure bytes Inter frame gap value in bytes Valid range is 9 12 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines You can only configure one slot at a time...

Page 690: ...port number in a range of ports you want to configure Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines You can only configure one slot at a time Repeat the command to configure additi...

Page 691: ...g Displays interface accounting information e g packets received transmitted and deferred frames received show interfaces counters Displays interface counters information e g unicast broadcast and mul...

Page 692: ...orts you want to configure max frame Maximum frame size in bytes Valid range is 1518 9216 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples interfaces 3 1 max frame 1518 inter...

Page 693: ...the interfaces flood multicast command is used to enable rate limiting the peak flood rate value configured for an interface is also applied to multicast traffic Applying the peak flood rate value to...

Page 694: ...6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects esmConfTable esmPortFloodMcastEnable show interfaces flood rate Displays interface peak flood rate settings interfaces flood rate Co...

Page 695: ...a time Repeat the command to configure additional slots The interfaces flood rate command configures a maximum ingress flood rate value for an interface This peak flood rate value is applied to flood...

Page 696: ...flood rate 400 interfaces 3 1 4 flood rate 400 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects esmConfTable esmPortMaxFloodRate show interfaces flood rate Displays i...

Page 697: ...e you want to configure port2 Last port number in a range of ports you want to configure Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines All application violations associated with a...

Page 698: ...the SFP port s copper Specifies that changes will be made to the copper RJ 45 port s enable Enables auto negotiation disable Disables auto negotiation on Same as enable off Same as disable Defaults P...

Page 699: ...rid speed Configures interface speed for combo ports interfaces hybrid crossover Configures crossover port settings for combo ports interfaces hybrid speed Enables or disables flow pause show interfac...

Page 700: ...to Media Dependent Interface with Crossover MDIX which is the standard for hubs and switches mdi Sets the crossover configuration to Media Dependent Interface MDI which is the standard for end statio...

Page 701: ...onfigures interface speed for combo ports interfaces hybrid autoneg Enables and disables auto negotiation for combo ports interfaces hybrid speed Enables or disables flow pause for combo ports show in...

Page 702: ...you want to configure fiber Specifies that configuration changes will be made to the SFP port s copper Specifies that changes will be made to the copper RJ 45 port s full Sets interface to full duple...

Page 703: ...Commands MIB Objects esmHybridConfTable esmHybridPortCfgDuplexMode interfaces hybrid speed Configures interface line speed for combo ports Set to auto to set speed and duplex mode to auto sensing sho...

Page 704: ...45 port s auto The switch will automatically set the line speed to match the attached device auto sensing 10 Sets the interface to 10 Mbps 100 Sets the interface to 100 Mbps 1000 Sets the interface to...

Page 705: ...rfaces 1 25 hybrid fiber speed 1000 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects esmHybridConfTable esmHybridPortCfgSpeed interfaces hybrid duplex Configures duple...

Page 706: ...you want to configure port2 Last port number in a range of ports you want to configure fiber Specifies that configuration changes will be made to the SFP port s copper Specifies that changes will be m...

Page 707: ...trol setting is applied to the local interface Examples interfaces 1 hybrid fiber tx and rx interfaces 3 21 24 hybrid copper pause rx interfaces 3 21 24 hybrid copper disable Release History Release 6...

Page 708: ...e November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects esmHybridConfigTable esmHybridPortCfgFlow dot3PauseTable dot3PauseAdminMode interfaces pause Configures flow control settings for switch interfaces show in...

Page 709: ...ort Port number of the interface you want to display port2 Last port number in a range of ports you want to display Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If no slot port nu...

Page 710: ...or Frames 0 output definitions Slot Port Interface slot and port Operational Status Interface status up down Type Interface type Ethernet Fast Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet MAC address Interface MAC addre...

Page 711: ...s transmitted Tx Collided Frames Number of collision frames received or transmitted Tx Error Frames Number of error frames transmitted show interfaces accounting Displays interface accounting informat...

Page 712: ...ntEnable esmPortCfgMaxFrameSize esmPortCfgRuntSize ifXTable ifHCInOctets ifHCInUcastPkts ifHCInBroadcastPkts ifHCInMulticastPkts IfHCOutOctets IfHCOutUcastPkts IfHCOutBroadcastPkts IfHCOutMulticastPkt...

Page 713: ...ed by the label CAP displays the valid user defined configuration settings available for the port The second row identified by the label DEF displays the default settings for the port Examples show in...

Page 714: ...ble Speed In the row labeled CAP the field displays the valid line speed configu rations for the port In the row label DEF the field displays the default line speed settings for the port The possible...

Page 715: ...numbers are entered flow control wait time settings for all slots ports on the switch are displayed You can display a specific interface by entering the slot and port number a range of ports by enter...

Page 716: ...command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects esmConfTable esmPortSlot esmPortIF esmPortPauseSlotTime esmPortCfgCrossover dot3PauseTable dot3PauseSlotTime interfaces crossover Configures crossov...

Page 717: ...tch interfaces is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Enter a slot and port number e g 3 21 or a range of port numbers e g 3 21 24 to display informa tion for a specific por...

Page 718: ...over esmPortActiveHybridType dot3PauseTable dot3PauseSlotTime output definitions Slot Port Interface slot and port number Active Interface status Wait time The amount of time in microseconds the neigh...

Page 719: ...nformation for all slots ports on the switch is displayed You can display a specific interface by entering the slot and port number e g 3 1 You can display a range of port numbers e g 3 1 4 You can di...

Page 720: ...s introduced Related Commands output definitions Rx undersize packets Number of undersized packets received Tx undersize packets Number of undersized packets transmitted Rx oversize packets Number of...

Page 721: ...ssions alcetherStatsTable alcetherStatRxsUndersizePkts alcetherStatTxsUndersizePkts alcetherStatsTxOversizePkts alcetherStatsPkts64Octets alcetherStatsPkts65to127Octets alcetherStatsPkts128to255Octets...

Page 722: ...or all slots ports on the switch is displayed You can display a specific interface by entering the slot and port number e g 3 1 You can display a range of port numbers e g 3 1 4 You can display all in...

Page 723: ...s IfHCInMulticastPkts IfHCOutMulticastPkts IfHCInBroadcastPkts IfHCOutBroadcastPkts dot3PauseTable dot3InPauseFrame dot3OutPauseFrame output definitions InOctets Number of octets received OutOctets Nu...

Page 724: ...l slots ports on the switch is displayed You can display a specific interface by entering the slot and port number e g 3 1 You can display a range of port numbers e g 3 1 4 You can display all interfa...

Page 725: ...etherStatsTable alcetherStatsRxUndersizePkts dot3StatsTable dot3StatsAlignmentErrors dot3StatsFCSErrors dot3StatsFrameTooLong output definitions Slot Port Interface slot and port number Alignments Err...

Page 726: ...y a range of port numbers e g 3 1 4 You can display all interfaces in a slot by entering the slot number e g 3 These counters do not apply to Gigabit Ethernet traffic For combo ports configured as eit...

Page 727: ...er of successfully transmitted frames for which transmission was inhibited by multiple collisions Tx Excessive Retries Number of frames for which transmission fails due to excessive colli sions Rx Col...

Page 728: ...isplayed You can display a specific interface by entering the slot and port number e g 3 1 You can display a range of port numbers e g 3 1 4 You can display all interfaces in a slot by entering the sl...

Page 729: ...nable FF ForcedFiber PF PreferredFiber F Fiber FC ForcedCopper PC PreferredCopper C Copper Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions Slot Port Interface slot port number...

Page 730: ...exMode esmHybridConfTable esmPortCfgHybridMode esmPortCfgHybridType trap port link Enables disables Trap LinkUpDown interfaces speed Configures interface line speed sets speed and duplex mode to auto...

Page 731: ...d Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines You can display a specific interface by entering the slot and port number You can display a range of port numbers e g 3 1 4 You can display all i...

Page 732: ...t esmPortIF ifXTable ifAlias ifTable ifAdminStatus ifOperStatus Violations Applications that have blocked the port due to a specific violation Alias Interface alias interfaces admin Enables disables a...

Page 733: ...Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If no slot port numbers are entered IFG values for all slots ports on the switch are displayed You can display a specific interface by entering th...

Page 734: ...e History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects esmConfTable esmPortSlot esmPortIF esmPortCfgIFG output definitions Slot Port Interface slot and port numbers ifg Inter fram...

Page 735: ...ttings for all slots ports on the switch are displayed You can display a specific interface by entering the slot and port number You can display a range of port numbers e g 3 1 4 You can display all i...

Page 736: ...tSlot esmPortIF esmPortMaxFloodRate esmPortFloodMcastEnable output definitions Slot Port Interface slot and port numbers peak rate Mbps Configured peak flood rate Enable Configuration enabled Flood on...

Page 737: ...ntered traffic settings for all slots ports on the switch are displayed You can display a specific interface by entering the slot and port number e g 3 1 You can display all interfaces in a slot by en...

Page 738: ...le ifHCInOctets ifHCInUcastPkts ifHCInMulticastPkts ifHCInBroadcastPkts ifHCOutOctets ifHCOutUcastPkts ifHCOutMulticastPkts ifHCOutBroadcastPkts show interfaces Displays general interface information...

Page 739: ...port2 Last port number in a range of ports you want to display fiber Specifies that the status of the SFP port s will be displayed copper Specifies that the status of the copper RJ 45 port s will be d...

Page 740: ...t Port Interface slot and port Operational Status Interface status up down Last Time Link Changed The last time the configuration for this interface was changed Number of Status Change The total numbe...

Page 741: ...f Lost Frames transmitted Tx Collided Frames Number of collision frames received or transmitted Tx Error Frames Number of error frames transmitted show interfaces hybrid accounting Displays interface...

Page 742: ...ntEnable esmPortCfgMaxFrameSize esmPortCfgRuntSize ifXTable ifHCInOctets ifHCInUcastPkts ifHCInBroadcastPkts ifHCInMulticastPkts IfHCOutOctets IfHCOutUcastPkts IfHCOutBroadcastPkts IfHCOutMulticastPkt...

Page 743: ...l switch combo ports is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the slot slot port or slot port port2 parameters to display the status and configuration for all ports on a s...

Page 744: ...r C copper Configured Speed Configured line speed 10 100 Auto 1000 10000 Mbps Configured Duplex Configured line duplex Half duplex Full duplex Auto Configured Hybrid Mode The configured combo port typ...

Page 745: ...ayed Defaults If a specific slot or slot port number is not entered with this command the flow control wait tme settings for all switch combo ports is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usa...

Page 746: ...roduced Related Commands MIB Objects esmConfTable esmPortCfgSlot esmPortCfgIfIndex esmHybridConfTable esmHybridPortCfgFlow esmHybridPortPauseSlotTime esmHybridPortCfgCrossover interfaces hybrid crosso...

Page 747: ...pecific slot or slot port number is not entered with this command the flow control pause configura tion for all switch combo ports is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Ent...

Page 748: ...me in microseconds the neighbor interface will wait after receiving a PAUSE frame from the local interface Cfg Pause The flow control setting Tx transmit Rx receive Tx N Rx transmit and receive Config...

Page 749: ...ed with this command the information for all switch combo ports is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Enter a slot and port number or a range of port numbers to display inf...

Page 750: ...cross over configu rations for the port In the row label DEF this field displays the default cross over settings for the port The possible values are Auto MDI X Auto MDI MDIX Auto or not configurable...

Page 751: ...If a specific slot or slot port number is not entered with this command the accounting information for all switch combo ports is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Enter a...

Page 752: ...ved Tx oversize packets Number of oversized packets transmitted Rx packets Octets Number of packets received in each listed octet range Rx Jabber frames Number of jabber packets received longer than 1...

Page 753: ...rStatTxsUndersizePkts alcetherStatsTxOversizePkts alcetherStatsPkts64Octets alcetherStatsPkts65to127Octets alcetherStatsPkts128to255Octets alcetherStatsPkts256to511Octets alcetherStatsPkts512to1023Oct...

Page 754: ...ounters for all switch combo ports is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Enter a slot and port number or a range of port numbers to display information for a specific combo...

Page 755: ...astPkts IfHCInBroadcastPkts IfHCOutBroadcastPkts dot3PauseTable dot3InPauseFrame dot3OutPauseFrame OutMcastPkts Number of unicast packets transmitted InBcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received O...

Page 756: ...c slot or slot port number is not entered with this command the error frame information for all switch combo ports is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Enter a slot and po...

Page 757: ...cetherStatsTable alcetherStatsRxUndersizePkts dot3StatsTable dot3StatsAlignmentErrors dot3StatsFCSErrors dot3StatsFrameTooLong IfOutErrors Number of transmitted error frames Undersize pkts Number of u...

Page 758: ...pper Specifies that statistics for the copper RJ 45 port s will be displayed Defaults If a specific slot or slot port number is not entered with this command the information for all switch combo ports...

Page 759: ...ion was inhibited by one collision Tx Multiple Collisions Number of successfully transmitted frames for which transmission was inhibited by multiple collisions Tx Excessive Retries Number of frames fo...

Page 760: ...Defaults If a specific slot or slot port number is not entered with this command the traffic statistics for all switch combo ports is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines En...

Page 761: ...ndex ifXTable ifHCInOctets ifHCInUcastPkts ifHCInMulticastPkts ifHCInBroadcastPkts ifHCOutOctets ifHCOutUcastPkts ifHCOutMulticastPkts ifHCOutBroadcastPkts show interfaces hybrid Displays general inte...

Page 762: ...splayed Defaults If a specific slot or slot port number is not entered with this command the port status for all switch combo ports is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines En...

Page 763: ...Guide November 2009 page 20 91 Related Commands MIB Objects esmConfTable esmPortCfgSlot esmPortCfgIfIndex ifXTable ifAlias ifTable ifAdminStatus ifOperStatus interfaces admin Enables disables an inter...

Page 764: ...c slot or slot port number is not entered with this command the peak rate settings for all switch combo ports is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Enter a slot and port nu...

Page 765: ...ds MIB Objects esmConfTable esmPortSlot esmPortIF esmPortMaxFloodRate esmPortFloodMcastEnable output definitions Slot Port Interface slot and port numbers Peak Rate Mbps Configured peak flood rate Ena...

Page 766: ...r the copper RJ 45 port s will be displayed Defaults If a specific slot or slot port number is not entered with this command the inter frame gap values for all switch combo ports is displayed Platform...

Page 767: ...t Port Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 20 95 Related Commands MIB Objects esmConfTable esmPortSlot esmPortIF esmPortCfgIFG interfaces ifg Configures the inter frame gap...

Page 768: ...Ethernet Port Commands page 20 96 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 769: ...nt VLANs VLANs do not have a mobile or non mobile distinction and there is no overall switch setting to invoke the mobile port feature Instead mobility is enabled on individual switch ports and rules...

Page 770: ...long enough to forward the DHCP requests within the VLAN broadcast domain The source MAC address of the DHCP frame however is not learned for that VLAN port association Once a DHCP device has obtaine...

Page 771: ...frames with a source MAC address that falls within the range specified by this rule are temporarily assigned to the VLAN vlan dhcp port Defines a DHCP port rule for an existing VLAN The mobile port sp...

Page 772: ...source MAC addresses are allowed for the low and high end boundary MACs For exam ple multicast addresses e g 01 00 00 c5 09 1a are ignored even if they fall within a specified MAC range To allow the...

Page 773: ...c Defines a DHCP MAC address rule for an existing VLAN Mobile ports that receive DHCP frames with a source MAC address that matches the address specified by this rule are temporarily assigned to the V...

Page 774: ...traffic first on an active mobile port When a mobile port receives a DHCP frame that matches a DHCP rule the port is temporarily assigned to the VLAN long enough to forward the DHCP requests within t...

Page 775: ...ing VLAN Mobile ports that receive DHCP frames with a source MAC address that matches the address specified by this rule are temporarily assigned to the VLAN vlan dhcp mac range Defines a DHCP MAC add...

Page 776: ...sts within the VLAN broadcast domain The source MAC address of the DHCP frame however is not learned for that VLAN port association Once a DHCP device has obtained an IP address its non DHCP traffic m...

Page 777: ...frames vlan dhcp mac Defines a DHCP MAC address rule for an existing VLAN Mobile ports that receive DHCP frames with a source MAC address that matches the address specified by this rule are temporari...

Page 778: ...fied VLAN Once a device joins a MAC address rule VLAN then it is not eligible to join multiple VLANs even if the device traffic matches other VLAN rules Mac address rules take precedence behind DHCP a...

Page 779: ...cRuleAddr vMacRuleVlanId vMacRuleStatus vlan mac range Defines a MAC range rule for an existing VLAN Mobile ports that receive frames with a source MAC address that falls within the range specified by...

Page 780: ...cessary to enter the low end MAC address to identify which rule to delete the high end MAC is not required Only valid source MAC addresses are allowed for the low and high end boundary MACs For exam p...

Page 781: ...eRuleTable vMacRangeRuleLoAddr vMacRangeRuleHiAddr vMacRangeRuleVlanId vMacRangeRuleStatus vlan mac Defines a MAC address rule for an existing VLAN Mobile ports that receive frames with a source MAC a...

Page 782: ...5 0 0 0 255 255 0 0 or 255 255 255 0 Defaults By default the subnet mask is set to the default subnet mask value for the IP address class Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the n...

Page 783: ...nes a DHCP MAC address range rule for an existing VLAN Mobile ports that receive DHCP frames with a source MAC address that falls within the range specified by this rule are temporarily assigned to th...

Page 784: ...hat defines an Ether net type e g 0600 0806 6002 dsap ssap A one byte hex value between 0x00 and 0xff that defines Destination Service Access Protocol DSAP and Source Service Access Protocol SSAP head...

Page 785: ...he vlan command to create a new VLAN Examples vlan 10 protocol ip e2 vlan 30 protocol ethertype 0600 vlan 40 protocol dsapssap F0 F0 vlan 50 protocol snap 6004 vlan 10 no protocol ip snap vlan 30 no p...

Page 786: ...ify a range of ports e g 3 1 16 and a space to specify multiple slots e g 3 1 16 5 10 20 8 2 9 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to dele...

Page 787: ...500 port 2 1 12 4 10 16 8 4 17 vlan 30 no port 9 11 vlan 40 no port 4 1 16 vlan 600 no port 2 14 20 7 1 9 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects vPortRuleTa...

Page 788: ...ot port bpdu ignore enable disable vlan no port mobile slot port Syntax Definitions slot port The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that module e g 3 1 specifies port 1 on slo...

Page 789: ...that connect two switches and Spanning Tree is enabled on both the ports and their assigned VLANs is not allowed If mobility is required on this type of port enable mobility and the BPDU ignore flag w...

Page 790: ...dropped when port traffic ages out disable Disable default VLAN restore for the specified mobile port VLAN assignments are retained when port traffic ages out Defaults By default VLAN restore is enab...

Page 791: ...rtIIfIndex vMobilePortDefVlanRestore vlan port mobile Configures Ethernet ports as mobile ports vlan port default vlan Enables default VLAN membership for mobile port traffic that does not match any V...

Page 792: ...enabled on mobile ports Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines It is recommended that mobile ports with their default VLAN disabled should not share a VLAN with any other types of ports...

Page 793: ...PortTable vMobilePortIIfIndex vMobilePortDefVlanEnable vlan port mobile Configures Ethernet ports as mobile ports vlan port default vlan restore Enables default VLAN restore on a mobile port vlan port...

Page 794: ...ation on the specified mobile port disable Disable authentication on the specified mobile port Defaults By default authentication is disabled on mobile ports Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage...

Page 795: ...0 20 8 2 9 enable Enable 802 1x on the specified mobile port disable Disable 802 1x on the specified mobile port Defaults By default 802 1x is disabled on mobile ports Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6...

Page 796: ...Port Mobility Commands page 21 28 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects vMobilePortTable vMobilePortIIfIndex vMobilePortAuthenticate...

Page 797: ...55 0 0 mac addr 4000 00 00 00 00 10 10 mac range 4001 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 00 00 20 00 00 mac port proto 4094 00 00 0e 00 12 34 15 4 appletalk show vlan 55 rules Legend indicates a binding rule type v...

Page 798: ...type of rule defined Switch software uses these rule values to determine mobile port VLAN assignment If traffic coming in on a mobile port matches the value of a VLAN rule then the mobile port is dyn...

Page 799: ...only displays ports that are mobile or are eligible to become mobile ports For example ports that are part of a link aggregate or are configured for 802 1Q VLAN tagging are not included in the output...

Page 800: ...icates that the mobile port will not retain its VLAN assignments when qualifying traf fic ages out on that port off indicates that the mobile port will retain its dynamic VLAN assignments after qualif...

Page 801: ...criptions of VLAN management commands used to create modify or remove VLANs These commands allow you to enable or disable Spanning Tree Protocol STP and Authentica tion on a VLAN add or remove virtual...

Page 802: ...ommand to delete a VLAN from the configuration All VLAN ports and rout ers are detached before the VLAN is removed Ports return to their default VLANs or VLAN 1 if the VLAN deleted is the port s confi...

Page 803: ...Sales Admin vlan 10 250 260 vlan 250 260 disable no vlan 10 15 no vlan 10 20 200 210 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects vlanTable vlanNumber vlanDescrip...

Page 804: ...e of VLAN IDs on the same command line is allowed Use a hyphen to indicate a contiguous range and a space to separate multiple VLAN ID entries e g vlan 10 15 500 510 850 stp enable Use the optional 1x...

Page 805: ...ss all VLANs Disabling STP on any other VLAN disables the instance only for that VLAN Examples vlan 850 stp enable vlan 720 stp disable vlan 500 1x1 stp disable vlan 500 flat stp enable vlan 100 110 s...

Page 806: ...fied VLAN disable Disables dynamic assignment of tagged mobile port packets to the spec ified VLAN Defaults By default mobile port tagging is disabled when a VLAN is created Platforms Supported OmniSw...

Page 807: ...h 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 22 7 Related Commands MIB Objects vlanTable vlanNumber vlanTagMobilePortStatus vlan Creates a VLAN show vlan Displays a list of existing VLANs show vlan p...

Page 808: ...1 16 5 10 20 8 2 9 link_agg The link aggregate ID number 0 31 to assign to the specified VLAN See Chapter 12 Link Aggregation Commands Defaults VLAN 1 is the default VLAN for all ports Platforms Suppo...

Page 809: ...r 2009 page 22 9 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects vpaTable vpaVlanNumber vpaIfIndex vpaType vpaState vpaStatus vlan Creates a VLAN show vlan Displays l...

Page 810: ...les source MAC address learning disable Disables source MAC address learning Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines The vlan ipmvlan source learning command does no...

Page 811: ...age 22 11 Related Commands MIB Objects vlanTable vlanEntry vlanNumber vlanStatus vlanMacLearningControlStatus show vlan Displays the VLAN configuration for the switch show vlan ipmvlan Displays IPMVLA...

Page 812: ...vlan 10 15 Note that only one VLAN entry a single VLAN ID or a range of VLAN IDs is allowed with this command Multiple entries are not accepted Examples show vlan stree mble src vlan type admin oper...

Page 813: ...ving active ports in a forwarding state Configured through the vlan stp command stree flat VLAN Spanning Tree status for the VLAN in the flat mode on enabled allows the Spanning Tree algorithm to dete...

Page 814: ...ddress vlanIpMask vlanIpEnacp vlanIpForward vlanIpStatus vlanTagMobilePortStatus show vlan port Displays VLAN port assignments show vlan router mac status Displays the current MAC router operating mod...

Page 815: ...ith this command a list of all VLANs and their assigned ports is displayed by default Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If the vid is specified without a slot port or link_agg then...

Page 816: ...AN assignment for the port mirror port is mirroring the VLAN assignment of another port or dynamic VPAs that are learnt through GVRP status The VPA status inactive port is not active forwarding traffi...

Page 817: ...tive connection port oper Port operational status on enabled or off disabled If a port is cur rently in use then the operational status is enabled A port must have an enabled administrative status bef...

Page 818: ...ts are subject to the availability of switch resources Examples show vlan router mac status router mac multiple total vlans router vlans ip vlans disabled 5 1 1 Release History Release 6 6 1 command w...

Page 819: ...d Commands MIB Objects vlanMgrVlanSet vlanSetMultiRtrMacStatus vlanSetVlanCount vlanSetVlanRouterCount vlanSetIpRouterCount show vlan Displays list of VLANs configured on the switch show vlan port Dis...

Page 820: ...p on on on on off NA off GVRP1 6 gvrp on on off off off NA off GVRP12 output definitions vlan The numerical VLAN ID Use the vlan command to create or remove VLANs type The type of VLAN std vstk gvrp o...

Page 821: ...ning Tree algorithm to determine the state of VLAN ports forwarding or blocking off disabled prevents Span ning Tree algorithm from controlling VLAN ports leaving active ports in a forwarding state Co...

Page 822: ...LI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects vlanMgrVlan vlanTable vlanNumber vlanDescription vlanAdmStatus vlanOperStatus vlanStatus vlanStpStatus vlanAuthentStatus vlanIpAddress vlanIpMask vlanIpEna...

Page 823: ...ipmvlan id parameter with this command to display details of a specific IPMVLAN Use the ipmvlan id1 ipmvlan id2 parameter with this command to display details of a range of IPMVLANs Examples show vlan...

Page 824: ...must have an enabled administrative status before it can become operationally enabled Name The user defined text description for the IPMVLAN By default the IPMVLAN ID is specified for the IPMVLAN desc...

Page 825: ...IB Objects vlanTable vlanNumber vlanDescription vlanTrafficType alavlanOperStatus alavlanAdmStatus alavlanStpStatus alavlan1x1StpStatus alavlanflatStpStatus vlan ipmvlan Creates an IP Multicast VLAN s...

Page 826: ...VLAN Management Commands page 22 26 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 827: ...bridged network It dynamically maintains and updates the registration and de registration of VLANs and prunes unnecessary broadcast and unicast traffic Through propagation of GVRP informa tion a switc...

Page 828: ...uidelines Use the no form of this command to disable GVRP globally on the switch Disabling GVRP globally will delete all the learned VLANs GVRP is supported only when the switch is operating in the fl...

Page 829: ...the no form of this command to disable GVRP on the specified ports GVRP can be enabled on ports regardless of whether it is globally enabled or not However for the port to become an active participan...

Page 830: ...r 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects dot1qPortVlanTable dot1qPortGvrpStatus show gvrp configuration port Displays the GVRP configuration for all the ports show gvrp configuration linkagg port Displays...

Page 831: ...0 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to disable transparent switching on the device If GVRP is globally disabled and transparent switching is enabled the router will flood the GVRP messa...

Page 832: ...is not enabled on the switch However GVRP should be enabled on the switch for creating dynamic VLANs If the VLAN limit to be set is less than the current number of dynamically learnt VLANs then the ne...

Page 833: ...at dynamic VLAN registration or de registration is not allowed on the port Any dynamic VLAN created earlier will be de registered agg_num The number corresponding to the aggregate group slot port The...

Page 834: ...6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaGvrpPortConfigtable alaGvrpPortConfigRegistrarMode show gvrp configuration linkagg port Displays the GVRP configuration for a spe...

Page 835: ...the port regardless of the STP status of the port active Specifies that GVRP PDU exchanges are allowed when the port is either in the STP forwarding or STP blocking state agg_num The number correspon...

Page 836: ...6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaGvrpPortConfigtable alaGvrpPortConfigApplicantMode show gvrp configuration linkagg port Displays the GVRP configuration for a spe...

Page 837: ...647 for Leave timer and 3 2 147 483 647 for LeaveAll timer agg_num The number corresponding to the aggregate group slot port The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that module...

Page 838: ...no gvrp timer leaveall port 3 2 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaGvrpPortConfigTable alaGvrpPortConfigJoinTimer alaGvrpPortConfigLeaveTimer alaGvrp...

Page 839: ...y default GVRP dynamic VLAN registration is not restricted Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to allow registration of dynamic VLAN IDs through GVRP p...

Page 840: ...gTable alaGvrpPortConfigRestrictedRegistrationBitmap alaGvrpPortConfigAllowRegistrationBitmap alaGvrpPortConfigRegistrationBitmap gvrp registration Configures the GVRP registration mode for the switch...

Page 841: ...efaults By default VLAN advertisement is not restricted Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to allow the propagation of VLANs GVRP should be enabled on...

Page 842: ...pPortConfigTable alaGvrpPortConfigRestrictedApplicantBitmap alaGvrpPortConfigAllowApplicantBitmap alaGvrpPortConfigApplicantBitmap gvrp applicant Configures the applicant mode for the switch port show...

Page 843: ...e g 1 10 Defaults By default ports are assigned to the static VLAN based on GVRP PDU processing Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to set the specifi...

Page 844: ...s MIB Objects alaGvrpPortConfigTable alaGvrpPortConfigRegistrationToStaticVlan alaGvrpPortConfigRegistrationToStaticVlanLearn alaGvrpPortConfigRegistrationToStaticVlanRestrict show gvrp configuration...

Page 845: ...on that module e g 3 1 specifies port 1 on slot 3 Defaults By default the GVRP statistics are deleted for all the ports Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the agg_num or slot por...

Page 846: ...niSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the agg_num or slot port parameter with this command to display GVRP statistics for a specific port Examples show gvrp statistics port 1 21 Port 1 21 Join Empty Rece...

Page 847: ...nsmitted 297 Failed Registrations 0 Garp PDU Received 1165 Garp PDU Transmitted 962 Garp Msgs Received 10141 Garp Msgs Transmitted 2698 Invalid Msgs Received 0 Port 1 3 Join Empty Received 0 Join In R...

Page 848: ...atsTotalPDUReceived alaGvrpPortStatsTotalPDUTransmitted alaGvrpPortStatsInvalidMsgsReceived alaGvrpPortStatsTotalMsgsReceived alaGvrpPortStatsTotalMsgsTransmitted Leave In Transmitted The number of Le...

Page 849: ...ggregate group slot port The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that module e g 3 1 specifies port 1 on slot 3 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines...

Page 850: ...uration GVRP Enabled yes Transparent Switching Enabled no Maximum VLAN Limit 256 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions GVRP Enabled Indicates whether or not GVRP is g...

Page 851: ...mands MIB Objects dot1qGvrpStatus alaGvrpTransparentSwitching alaGvrpMaxVlanLimit gvrp Enables GVRP on the device globally gvrp transparent switching Enables transparent switching on the device gvrp m...

Page 852: ...50 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show gvrp configuration port Port GVRP Status 1 1 Disabled 1 2 Disabled 1 3 Disabled 1 4 Disabled 1 5 Disabled 1 6 Disabled 1 7 Disabled 1 8 Disabled 1 9 Enabled 1 10...

Page 853: ...led 1 46 Disabled 1 47 Disabled 1 48 Disabled 1 49 Disabled 1 50 Disabled Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects Dot1qportvlantable dot1qPortGvrpStatus outpu...

Page 854: ...Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show gvrp configuration port 1 21 Port 1 21 GVRP Enabled yes Registrar Mode normal Applicant Mode participant Join Timer msec 600 Leav...

Page 855: ...e applicant mode PARTICIPANT NON PARTICI PANT or ACTIVE of the port Join Timer Displays the Join timer value Leave Timer Displays the Leave timer value LeaveAll Timer Displays the LeaveAll timer value...

Page 856: ...on the switch gvrp registration Configures the GVRP registration mode for a specific port or an aggre gate of ports gvrp applicant Configures the applicant mode of a specific port or an aggregate of...

Page 857: ...ault the timer values configured on all the ports are displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the join leave or leaveall parameter with this command to view the specific tim...

Page 858: ...0000 1 36 600 1800 30000 1 37 600 1800 30000 1 38 600 1800 30000 1 39 600 1800 30000 1 40 600 1800 30000 1 41 600 1800 30000 1 42 600 1800 30000 1 43 600 1800 30000 1 44 600 1800 30000 1 45 600 1800 3...

Page 859: ...20 600 1 21 600 1 22 600 1 23 600 1 24 600 1 25 600 1 26 600 1 27 600 1 28 600 1 29 600 1 30 600 1 31 600 1 32 600 1 33 600 1 34 600 1 35 600 1 36 600 1 37 600 1 38 600 1 39 600 1 40 600 1 41 600 1 4...

Page 860: ...4 1800 1 25 1800 1 26 1800 1 27 1800 1 28 1800 1 29 1800 1 30 1800 1 31 1800 1 32 1800 1 33 1800 1 34 1800 1 35 1800 1 36 1800 1 37 1800 1 38 1800 1 39 1800 1 40 1800 1 41 1800 1 42 1800 1 43 1800 1 4...

Page 861: ...31 30000 1 32 30000 1 33 30000 1 34 30000 1 35 30000 1 36 30000 1 37 30000 1 38 30000 1 39 30000 1 40 30000 1 41 30000 1 42 30000 1 43 30000 1 44 30000 1 45 30000 1 46 30000 1 47 30000 1 48 30000 1 4...

Page 862: ...erence Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaGvrpPortConfigTable alaGvrpPortConfigJoinTimer alaGvrpPortConfigLeaveTimer alaGvrpPortConfigLeaveAllTimer gvrp timer Configures the Join Leav...

Page 863: ...ing MIB Module Alcatel IND1 VLAN STACKING MIB Filename AlcatelIND1VlanManager MIB Module Alcatel IND1 VLAN MGR MIB A summary of the available commands is listed here VLAN Stacking Service Mode etherne...

Page 864: ...gure e g 10 12 specifies VLANs 10 11 and 12 enable Enables the SVLAN administrative status disable Disables the SVLAN administrative status which blocks all ports bound to that SVLAN 1x1 Specifies tha...

Page 865: ...AN 10 in the 1x1 mode remains unchanged If this command is used without specifying the 1x1 or flat parameter then the Spanning Tree status for the specified SVLAN is changed for both operating modes N...

Page 866: ...e of SVLANs that you want to configure e g 10 12 specifies SVLANs 10 11 and 12 enable Enables source MAC address learning disable Disables source MAC address learning Defaults Platforms Supported Omni...

Page 867: ...November 2009 page 24 5 Related Commands MIB Objects vlanTable vlanEntry vlanNumber vlanStatus vlanMacLearningControlStatus ethernet service Creates a VLAN Stacking VLAN SVLAN show ethernet service vl...

Page 868: ...neering svid The VLAN ID number that identifies an existing SVLAN or IPMV to associate with the VLAN Stacking service 2 4094 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidel...

Page 869: ...2009 page 24 7 Related Commands MIB Objects alaEServiceTable alaEServiceID alaEServiceSVLAN alaEServiceVlanType alaEServiceRowStatus ethernet service Creates an SVLAN for customer traffic a managemen...

Page 870: ...ports 1 2 3 and 4 on slot 3 agg_num The link aggregate ID number 0 31 Defaults A switch port or link aggregate becomes a VLAN Stacking NNI port by default when the port or link aggregate is associated...

Page 871: ...rviceNniSvlanTable alaEServiceNniSvlanNni alaEServiceNniSvlanSvlan alaEServiceNniSvlanRowStatus ethernet service Creates an SVLAN for customer traffic a management VLAN for pro vider traffic or an IPM...

Page 872: ...alue of the port stp Specifies Spanning Tree legacy BPDU support gvrp Specifies GVRP legacy BPDU support enable Enables the specified legacy BPDU support disable Disables the specified legacy BPDU sup...

Page 873: ...nni 31 stp legacy bpdu enable ethernet service vlan 1500 nni 10 gvrp legacy bpdu enable no ethernet service vlan 10 nni 1 3 no ethernet service vlan 255 nni 2 12 Release History Release 6 6 1 command...

Page 874: ...d with the SAP ID when the SAP is created Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to delete a VLAN Stacking SAP When a SAP is deleted all port...

Page 875: ...aEServiceSapID alaEServiceSapService alaEServiceSapRowStatus ethernet service service name Creates a VLAN Stacking service and associates the service with an SVLAN or an IP Multicast VLAN IPMV etherne...

Page 876: ...with a VLAN Stacking SAP Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove an association between a UNI port and a SAP Note that when the las...

Page 877: ...apUniSap alaEServiceSapUniUni alaEServiceSapUniRowStatus ethernet service sap Creates a VLAN Stacking SAP and associates the SAP with a VLAN Stacking SAP profile and service ethernet service sap sap p...

Page 878: ...associated with the SAP ID when the SAP is created Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a CVLAN ID or the designation for all or...

Page 879: ...t service sap 10 cvlan 200 ethernet service sap 10 cvlan all ethernet service sap 11 cvlan 100 150 ethernet service sap 11 cvlan untagged ethernet service sap 10 no cvlan 200 ethernet service sap 10 n...

Page 880: ...s not supported shared Shares the ingress bandwidth limit across all SAP ports and CVLANs not shared Applies the ingress bandwidth limit to individual SAP ports and CVLANs bandwidth is not shared ingr...

Page 881: ...rate limiting policing for the SAP profile These parameters are applied to packets serviced by the SAP For more information about TCM see the Configuring QoS chapter in the OmniSwitch 6250 Network Con...

Page 882: ...ceSapProfileBandwidthShare alaEServiceSapProfileCIR alaEServiceSapProfileCBS alaEServiceSapProfilePIR alaEServiceSapProfilePBS alaEServiceSapRowStatus ethernet service sap Creates a VLAN Stacking SAP...

Page 883: ...ed with this command The SAP ID specified with this command must already exist Use the ethernet service sap command to create a SAP The SAP profile specified with this command must already exist Use t...

Page 884: ...Commands MIB Objects alaEServiceSapTable alaEServiceSapID alaEServiceSapProfile alaEServiceSapRowStatus ethernet service sap Creates a VLAN Stacking SAP and associates the SAP with a VLAN Stacking SA...

Page 885: ...atforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Packet counts are reset to zero for all SAPs that use TCM parameters for ingress rate limiting Clear ing the statistics for only one SAP...

Page 886: ...how Spanning Tree BPDU will be processed on the UNI port 802 1x Specifies how 802 1x control frames will be processed on the UNI port 802 1ab Specifies how 802 1ab control frames will be processed on...

Page 887: ...r the VLAN Stacking port If a user configured UNI profile is not associated with a UNI port then the default profile default uni profile is used to process control packets ingressing on the port Examp...

Page 888: ...24 26 OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 alaEServiceUNIProfile8021ABTreatment alaEServiceUNIProfile8023adTreatment alaEServiceUNIProfileGvrpTreatment alaEServiceUNIProfileAmapTreatment alaE...

Page 889: ...Alcatel Lucent Engineering Defaults The default profile default uni profile is used to process control packets ingressing on a UNI port This profile is assigned at the time a port is configured as a V...

Page 890: ...aEServicePortType alaEServicePortUniProfile alaEServiceSapUniRowStatus ethernet service sap sap profile Creates a UNI profile that is used to specify how to process control packets ingressing on UNI p...

Page 891: ...mand is available in both modes Legacy or EServices Examples show ethernet service mode Vlan Stacking Mode Legacy Mode show ethernet service mode Vlan Stacking Mode EServices Mode Release History Rele...

Page 892: ...odels Usage Guidelines Specify a single SVLAN ID or a range of SVLAN IDs to display configuration information for a specific SVLAN or range of SVLANs Examples show ethernet services vlan vlan Type nam...

Page 893: ...tion vlanSvlanTrafficType ethernet service Creates a VLAN Stacking VLAN SVLAN for tunneling customer traf fic a management SVLAN for provider traffic or an SVLAN that the IP Multicast VLAN IPMV applic...

Page 894: ...Defaults By default all services are displayed if a service name or SVLAN ID is not specified with this command Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Enter the name of a s...

Page 895: ...ile sap video2 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions Service Name The name of the VLAN Stacking service SVLAN or IPMVLAN Displays the SVLAN ID associated with the ser...

Page 896: ...alaEServiceSapID alaEServiceSapUniTable alaEServiceSapUniUni alaEServiceSapCvlanTable alaEServiceSapCvlanCvlan alaEServiceSapCvlanMapType alaEServiceSapProfileTable alaEServiceProfileID ethernet servi...

Page 897: ...splayed if a SAP ID is not specified with this command Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Specify a single SAP ID to display configuration information for a specific SAP...

Page 898: ...number for the VLAN Stacking Service Access Point that is applied to the service UNIs VLAN Stacking User Network Interface ports that receive customer traffic CVLAN s Customer VLAN IDs ingressing on U...

Page 899: ...agg_num The link aggregate ID number 0 31 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Specifying a slot port or link aggregate ID number is required with this comman...

Page 900: ...ate ID for the specified inter face Port Type The type of VLAN Stacking port UNI or NNI Service Name The name of the VLAN Stacking service SVLAN or IPMVLAN Displays the SVLAN ID associated with the se...

Page 901: ...lanTable alaEServiceSapCvlanCvlan alaEServiceSapCvlanMapType alaEServiceSapProfileTable alaEServiceProfileID ethernet service svlan nni Configures the switch port as a VLAN Stacking NNI port and assoc...

Page 902: ...number is not specified Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Specify a slot port or link aggregate ID number to display information for a single slot port or link aggre ga...

Page 903: ...tpBpdu alaEServicePortLegacyGvrpBpdu ethernet service svlan nni Configures the switch port as a VLAN Stacking NNI port and associates the port with a customer SVLAN management SVLAN or an IP Multi cas...

Page 904: ...lt profile information for all UNI ports is displayed if a slot port or link aggregate ID number is not specified Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Specify a slot port...

Page 905: ...rtProfileID ethernet service sap sap profile Creates a UNI profile that is used to specify how to process control packets ingressing on UNI ports ethernet service uni uni profile Associates a VLAN Sta...

Page 906: ...OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Specify a UNI profile name to display attributes for a single UNI profile Examples show ethernet service uni profile Profile Name Stp 802 1x 802 3ad 802 1...

Page 907: ...021ABTreatment alaEServiceUNIProfile8023adTreatment alaEServiceUNIProfileGvrpTreatment alaEServiceUNIProfileAmapTreatment ethernet service sap sap profile Creates a UNI profile that is used to specify...

Page 908: ...lue is displayed in megabytes The Tri Color Marking TCM parameter values CIR CBS PIR and PBS are displayed in kilobytes For more information about TCM see the Configuring QoS chapter in the OmniSwitch...

Page 909: ...VLAN tag is changed to the SVLAN tag Priority Mapping Indicates how the priority value is configured for the SVLAN in out or fixed If set to in out the CVLAN priority value is mapped to the SVLAN If s...

Page 910: ...tics that are displayed with this command As a result the interval at which statistics are taken for Ethernet services is the same interval used by QoS For more information see the qos stats interval...

Page 911: ...niTable alaEServiceSapUniUni alaEServiceTable output definitions Service Name The name of the Ethernet service SAP The SAP ID associated with the service Port The ports associated with the specified S...

Page 912: ...aEServiceStatRedCount alaEServiceStatTotalCount alaEServiceSapCvlanPortStatTable alaEServiceSapCvlanPortStatSapID alaEServiceSapCvlanPortStatPortID alaEServiceSapCvlanPortStatCvlanID alaEServiceSapCvl...

Page 913: ...ary to each other Service OAM provides monitoring and troubleshooting of end to end Ethernet service instances while Link OAM allows a provider to monitor and troubleshoot an individual Ethernet link...

Page 914: ...arm time ethoam fault reset time EthOAM Monitoring Commands show ethoam show ethoam domain show ethoam domain association show ethoam domain association end point show ethoam default domain show ethoa...

Page 915: ...s in the MAC address format string Specifies the domain name as a string Up to 43 characters may be used level_num Level of the Maintenance Domain MD The valid range is 0 7 Defaults N A Platforms Supp...

Page 916: ...gCfmMd dot1agCfmMdIndex dot1agCfmMdFormat dot1agCfmMdName dot1agCfmMdLevel dot1agCfmMdMhfCreation dot1agCfmMdRowStatus show ethoam Displays the information of all the Management Domains MD configured...

Page 917: ...pecified VLAN ID explicit Specifies that MHFs can be created for the specified VLAN ID only on Bridge ports through which this VLAN ID can pass and only if a Main tenance End Point MEP is created at a...

Page 918: ...ntenanceDomain dot1agCfmMdIndex dot1agCfmMdFormat dot1agCfmMdName dot1agCfmMdLevel dot1agCfmMdMhfCreation dot1agCfmMdRowStatus show ethoam Displays the information of all the Management Domains MD con...

Page 919: ...a 2 octet integer vpnId RFC 2685 VPN ID primaryVid Specifies the primary VLAN ID domain_name Specifies the domain name For more information on the different formats of the domain name refer to ethoam...

Page 920: ...Commands MIB Objects Dot1agCfmMa dot1agCfmMaIndex dot1agCfmMaFormat dot1agCfmMaName dot1agCfmMaVid dot1agCfmMaMhfCreation dot1agCfmMaCcmInterval dot1agCfmMaRowStatus show ethoam domain association Di...

Page 921: ...ifies the CFM system MAC address none Specifies that no MHFs can be created for the specified VLAN ID explicit Specifies that MHFs can be created for the specified VLAN ID only on Bridge ports through...

Page 922: ...dot1agCfmMaIndex dot1agCfmMaFormat dot1agCfmMaName dot1agCfmMaVid dot1agCfmMaMhfCreation dot1agCfmMaCcmInterval dot1agCfmMaRowStatus show ethoam domain association Displays the information of a specif...

Page 923: ...fer to ethoam domain command on page 25 3 mac_address Specifies the CFM system MAC address interval invalid Specifies that no CCMs are sent by a MEP interval1s Specifies that CCMs are sent every 1 sec...

Page 924: ...009 Related Commands MIB Objects Dot1agCfmMa dot1agCfmMaIndex dot1agCfmMaFormat dot1agCfmMaName dot1agCfmMaVid dot1agCfmMaMhfCreation dot1agCfmMaCcmInterval dot1agCfmMaRowStatus show ethoam domain Dis...

Page 925: ...rent formats of the domain name refer to ethoam domain command on page 25 3 mac_address Specifies the CFM system MAC address mep_id Specifies the MEP number mep_id2 Last MEP number in a range of MEPs...

Page 926: ...1agCfmMaIndex dot1agCfmMaFormat dot1agCfmMaName dot1agCfmMaVid dot1agCfmMaMhfCreation dot1agCfmMaCcmInterval dot1agCfmMaRowStatus Dot1agCfmMaMepList dot1agCfmMaMepListIdentifier dot1agCfmMaMepListRowS...

Page 927: ...specified VLAN ID only on Bridge ports through which this VLAN ID can pass and only if a MEP is created at a lower MA level default Specifies that MHFs can be created on the specified VLAN ID on any B...

Page 928: ...ide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects Dot1agCfmDefaultMdLevel dot1agCfmDefaultMdLevelIndex dot1agCfmDefaultMdLevelVid dot1agCfmDefaultMdLevelMhfCreation dot1agCfmDefaultMdLevelLevel show etho...

Page 929: ...s association_name Name of the Ethernet OAM Association Up to 48 minus the domain name length characters may be used up Sends CCMs towards the MAC Relay Entity down Sends CCMs away from the MAC Relay...

Page 930: ...g dot1agCfmMepCcmLtmPriority dot1agCfmMepCcmNotReceived dot1agCfmMepCcmStreamError dot1agCfmMepCcmStreamOther dot1agCfmMepRdiReceived dot1agCfmMepLastCcmMaFault dot1agCfmMepLastCcmCrossConnFault dot1a...

Page 931: ...he domain name refer to ethoam domain command on page 25 3 mac_address Specifies the CFM system MAC address association_name Association name of the Ethernet OAM Association Up to 48 minus the domain...

Page 932: ...ty dot1agCfmMepCcmNotReceived dot1agCfmMepCcmStreamError dot1agCfmMepCcmStreamOther dot1agCfmMepRdiReceived dot1agCfmMepLastCcmMaFault dot1agCfmMepLastCcmCrossConnFault dot1agCfmMepCcmOut dot1agCfmMep...

Page 933: ...3 mac_address Specifies the CFM system MAC address association_name Name of the Ethernet OAM association Up to 48 minus the domain name length characters may be used enable Enables MEP to generate CCM...

Page 934: ...bled dot1agCfmMepCcmTransmitting dot1agCfmMepCcmLtmPriority dot1agCfmMepCcmNotReceived dot1agCfmMepCcmStreamError dot1agCfmMepCcmStreamOther dot1agCfmMepRdiReceived dot1agCfmMepLastCcmMaFault dot1agCf...

Page 935: ...of the domain name refer to ethoam domain command on page 25 3 mac_address Specifies the CFM system MAC address association_name Name of the Ethernet OAM Association Up to 48 minus the domain name len...

Page 936: ...ty dot1agCfmMepCcmNotReceived dot1agCfmMepCcmStreamError dot1agCfmMepCcmStreamOther dot1agCfmMepRdiReceived dot1agCfmMepLastCcmMaFault dot1agCfmMepLastCcmCrossConnFault dot1agCfmMepCcmOut dot1agCfmMep...

Page 937: ...and on page 25 3 mac_address Specifies the CFM system MAC address association_name Name of the Ethernet OAM Association Up to 48 minus the domain name length characters may be used lowest_priority_def...

Page 938: ...ty dot1agCfmMepCcmNotReceived dot1agCfmMepCcmStreamError dot1agCfmMepCcmStreamOther dot1agCfmMepRdiReceived dot1agCfmMepLastCcmMaFault dot1agCfmMepLastCcmCrossConnFault dot1agCfmMepCcmOut dot1agCfmMep...

Page 939: ...cifies the domain name For more information on the different formats of the domain name refer to ethoam domain command on page 25 3 domain mac_address Specifies the CFM system MAC address association_...

Page 940: ...t macaddress 10 aa ac 12 12 ad source endpoint 4 domain esd alcatel lucent com association alcatel sales number 10 vlan priority 4 drop eligible true ethoam loopback target endpoint 15 source endpoint...

Page 941: ...ats of the domain name refer to ethoam domain command on page 25 3 domain mac_address Specifies the CFM system MAC address association_name Name of the Ethernet OAM Association Up to 48 minus the doma...

Page 942: ...esd alcatel lucent com association alcatel_sales Transaction Id 6934 LTM Sent Successful Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects Dot1agCfmMep dot1agCfmMepIde...

Page 943: ...MA The valid range is 1 8191 mac_address Specifies the CFM system MAC address domain_name Specifies the domain name For more information on the different formats of the domain name refer to ethoam do...

Page 944: ...page 25 32 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects Dot1agCfmMep dot1agCfmMepFngAlarmTime show ethoam Displays the information of all the Management Domains MD co...

Page 945: ...nge is 250 1000 endpoint_id Specifies the MEP of a specific MA The valid range is 1 8191 mac_address Specifies the CFM system MAC address domain_name Specifies the domain name For more information on...

Page 946: ...elease 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects Dot1agCfmMep dot1agCfmMepFngResetTime ethoam fault alarm time Configures the timeout value for the Fault Notification Generation Alarm...

Page 947: ...tion Ethernet OAM system mac address 00 D0 95 EC 84 B0 Number of Maintenance Domains 1 Maintenance Domain esd alcatel lucent com Maintenance Association alcatel sales Release History Release 6 6 1 com...

Page 948: ...Ethernet OAM Commands page 25 36 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects Dot1agCfmStack dot1agCfmStackMacAddress Dot1agCfmMd dot1agCfmMdName Dot1agCfmMa dot1agCfmMaName...

Page 949: ...tenance Association alcatel sales Vlan 100 MA MHFstatus mhfNone CCM interval interval10s MEP List MEP Id 3 4 Total number of MAs configured in this MD 1 output definitions MD level The level at which...

Page 950: ...ated Commands MIB Objects Dot1agCfmMd dot1agCfmMdLevel dot1agCfmMdMhfCreation Dot1agCfmMa dot1agCfmMaName dot1agCfmMaVid dot1agCfmMaMhfCreation dot1agCfmMaCcmInterval Dot1agCfmMep dot1agCfmMepIdentifi...

Page 951: ...N A Examples show ethoam domain esd alcatel lucent com association alcatel sales Vlan 100 MA MHFstatus mhfNone CCM interval interval10s MEP List MEP Id 3 4 Legend MEP Id Inactive Endpoint MEP ID Admin...

Page 952: ...n dot1agCfmMaCcmInterval Dot1agCfmMep dot1agCfmMepIdentifier dot1agCfmMepActive dot1agCfmMepDirection dot1agCfmMepIfIndex dot1agCfmMepMacAddress Direction The direction of the MEP MAC Address The MAC...

Page 953: ...fic MA The valid range is 1 8191 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines N A Examples show ethoam domain esd alcatel lucent com association alcatel sales endpoin...

Page 954: ...s is being received true or not false from a MEP in this MA CCM Xcon defect Indicates if a stream of CCMs is being received true or not false from a MEP that belongs to another MA MEP RDI Received Ind...

Page 955: ...ty dot1agCfmMepSomeRMepCcmDefect dot1agCfmMepErrorCcmDefect dot1agCfmMepXconCcmDefect dot1agCfmMepSomeRdiDefect dot1agCfmMepErrorCcmLastFailure dot1agCfmMepXconCcmLastFailure dot1agCfmMepErrMacStatus...

Page 956: ...ANs is displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Use the vlan_id parameter with this command to view information about the default MD for a specific VLAN Examples sho...

Page 957: ...Guide November 2009 page 25 45 Related Commands MIB Objects Dot1agCfmDefaultMdLevel dot1agCfmDefaultMdLevelVid dot1agCfmDefaultMdLevelMhfCreation dot1agCfmDefaultMdLevelLevel ethoam default domain Mod...

Page 958: ...the MEP of a specific MA The valid range is 1 8191 remote_mepid The remote MEP The valid range is 1 8191 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines N A Examples sho...

Page 959: ...ss dot1agCfmMepDbPortStatusTlv dot1agCfmMepDbInterfaceStatusTlv OkFailed Time The time SysUpTime when the Remote MEP state machine last entered either the RMEP_FAILED or RMEP_OK MacAddress The MAC add...

Page 960: ...ill be displayed Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines N A Examples show ethoam cfmstack port 1 3 Up MHF Configured Vlan id 100 Direction up MAC Address 00 D0...

Page 961: ...mMa dot1agCfmMaName Dot1agCfmStack dot1agCfmStackVlanIdOrNone dot1agCfmStackDirection dot1agCfmStackMacAddress dot1agCfmStackMdLevel Maintenance Domain The name of the maintenance domain Maintenance A...

Page 962: ...cifies the CFM system MAC address association_name Name of the Ethernet OAM Association mep_id Specifies the MEP for which LTR is to be displayed The valid range is 1 8191 transaction_id Specifies the...

Page 963: ...esponder that forwarded the LTM to which this LTR is the response Next Egress Identifier Identifies the linktrace responder that transmitted this LTR and can for ward the LTM to the next hop Relay Act...

Page 964: ...CFM system MAC address association_name Name of the Ethernet OAM Association mep_id Specifies the MEP for which LTR is to be displayed The valid range is 1 8191 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniS...

Page 965: ...mniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 25 53 Related Commands MIB Objects Dot1agCfmLtr dot1agCfmLtrSeqNumber ethoam linktrace Enables the maintenance entity to initiate transmitting of...

Page 966: ...faults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines N A Examples show ethoam statistics domain esd alcatel lucent com association alcatel sales MEP ID CCM CCM Seq LBR LBR Out...

Page 967: ...Commands MIB Objects Dot1agCfmMep dot1agCfmMepIdentifier dot1agCfmMepCcmOut dot1agCfmMepRCcmSequenceErrors dot1agCfmMepLbrIn dot1agCfmMepLbrInOutOfOrder dot1agCfmMepLbrOut dot1agCfmMepLbrBadMsdu dot1a...

Page 968: ...Ethernet OAM Commands page 25 56 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 969: ...e first mile LINK OAM provides network administrators the ability to monitor link performance remote fault detection and remote loopback control Note EFM LINK OAM does not include functions such as st...

Page 970: ...ck efm oam port remote loopback start efm oam port l1 ping Show Commands show efm oam port show efm oam port detail show efm oam port remote detail show efm oam port history show efm oam port l1 ping...

Page 971: ...be functional on all the ports When LINK OAM is disabled globally all dynamically learned information on the port including peer information is deleted However the LINK OAM configuration for the port...

Page 972: ...s for the switch Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines LINK OAM must be enabled globally for the OAM to be functional on all the ports If LINK OAM is disabled for the port or globally d...

Page 973: ...r on the range of ports to active or passive show efm oam configuration Displays the global LINK OAM configuration show efm oam port Displays the status of LINK OAM on all the ports in the system alon...

Page 974: ...res the LINK OAM mode to active passive Configures the LINK OAM mode to passive Defaults By default LINK OAM mode is set to active on all ports Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines LIN...

Page 975: ...tatus Enables or disables LINK OAM protocol on the specified port or on a range of ports show efm oam port Displays the status of LINK OAM on all the ports in the system along with other relevant info...

Page 976: ...cifies the keep alive interval value in seconds The range for this interval is 5 to 120 seconds Defaults By default the keep alive interval value is 5 seconds Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage...

Page 977: ...fies the last port in the range of ports seconds Specifies the time interval in seconds this port waits before sending out the next hello packet The range for this timer is 1 to 60 seconds Defaults By...

Page 978: ...PDUs are transmitted out of a LINK OAM enabled port efm oam port keepalive interval Configures the timeout interval for the dynamically learned neigh boring devices on a port or on a range of ports Ke...

Page 979: ...discard incoming loopback requests Defaults By default the incoming loopback requests are ignored Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines When the remote loopback is in process mode the...

Page 980: ...port remote loopback start Initiates the loopback control PDU towards the peer port to start or stop the loopback session on the specified port show efm oam port detail Displays the LINK OAM configura...

Page 981: ...orted OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Before issuing this command the LINK OAM port has to be in active mode and discovery of peer ports has to be completed When loopback is started from a port towar...

Page 982: ...Status efm oam port remote loopback Specifies an action that should perform when a loopback request is received from the peer on a port or on a range of ports show efm oam port remote detail Displays...

Page 983: ...6250 Usage Guidelines When the system is set for critical event or a dying gasp event the local OAM entity indicates the event through the OAMPDU flags to its peer OAM entity In case of port admin dow...

Page 984: ...ed Related Commands MIB Objects dot3OamEventConfigTable dot3OamDyingGaspEnable dot3OamCriticalEventEnable show efm oam port remote detail Displays the configuration and details of the related paramete...

Page 985: ...2 The last port number in a range of ports that you want to configure on the same slot e g 3 1 4 specifies ports 1 2 3 and 4 on slot 3 threshold_symbols Specifies the frame error threshold number The...

Page 986: ...frame period notify disable Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects dot3OamEventConfigTable dot3OamErrFramePeriodWindow dot3OamErrFramePeriodThreshold dot3Oa...

Page 987: ...pecifies ports 1 2 3 and 4 on slot 3 threshold_symbols Specifies the frame error threshold number window_seconds Specifies the window of time in which the frame errors will be measured The duration sh...

Page 988: ...Enable efm oam errored frame seconds summary Configures the threshold window and notify status for errored frame seconds summary on a port efm oam errored frame period Configures the threshold window...

Page 989: ...error threshold number window_seconds Specifies the window of time in which the frame errors will be measured enable Enables notification of the Errored Frame Seconds Summary event disable Disables no...

Page 990: ...oam errored frame Configures the threshold window and notify status for errored frame on a port The frame period measures the frame errors within a specified window of time efm oam errored frame peri...

Page 991: ...Definitions count Specifies the number of PDUs that have to be sent in case of event noti fication TLVs The range is 1 to 10 PDUs Defaults By default the PDU count value is set to 3 Platforms Supporte...

Page 992: ...lliseconds Specifies time interval between two consecutive PDUs The allowed range of delay is between 100 to 1000 milliseconds start Specifies to start the ping operation Defaults Platforms Supported...

Page 993: ...f alaDot3OamPortL1PingFramesDelay alaDot3OamPortL1PingStatus alaDot3OamPortL1PingFramesSent alaDot3OamPortL1PingFramesReceived alaDot3OamPortL1PingAverageRoundTripDelay show efm oam port l1 ping detai...

Page 994: ...Status enabled Multiple PDU Count 5 Output fields are described here Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaDot3OamStatus alaDot3OamMultiplePduCount outpu...

Page 995: ...e LINK OAM active ports passive Specifies whether to display the LINK OAM passive ports Defaults By default displays the LINK OAM status on all ports Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelin...

Page 996: ...Loopback 1 5 active activeSendLocal noLoopback show efm oam port enabled passive Port Operational Status Loopback Status 1 3 activeSendLocal noLoopback 1 7 activeSendLocal noLoopback show efm oam port...

Page 997: ...ected Specifies the state when the local OAM entity rejects the peer OAM entity oamPeeringRemotelyRejected Specifies the state when the remote LINK OAM port rejects the peering operational Specifies t...

Page 998: ...nState dot3OamMode dot3OamOperStatus dot3OamLoopbackTable dot3OamLoopbackStatus efm oam multiple pdu count Configures the value of multiple PDU count When multiple PDU count is set to a specific numbe...

Page 999: ...OAM Status enable Operational Status activeSendLocal Mode active Max OamPDU size 1518 Config Revision 0 Functions Supported loopback event notification Loopback Status noLoopback Loopback Rx Status ig...

Page 1000: ...hould be performed by the LINK OAM port when a loopback request is received from the peer port Max OamPDUs Specifies the maximum OAMPDUs that can be exchanged between two peers KeepAlive Interval Disp...

Page 1001: ...le dot3OamDyingGaspEnable dot3OamCriticalEventEnable dot3OamErrFramePeriodWindow dot3OamErrFramePeriodThreshold dot3OamErrFramePeriodEvNotifEnable dot3OamErrFrameWindow dot3OamErrFrameThreshold dot3Oa...

Page 1002: ...OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the port parameter to display the statistics of a specific port Examples show efm oam port 1 1 statistics Port 1 1 Information OAMPDU Tx 1035 Information OAMPDU Rx...

Page 1003: ...tion OAMPDU Rx 0 Loopback Control OAMPDU Tx 1 Loopback Control OAMPDU Rx 0 Unsupported OAMPDU Tx 0 Unsupported OAMPDU Rx 0 Frames Lost due to OAM 0 Port 1 4 Information OAMPDU Tx 1035 Information OAMP...

Page 1004: ...Rx 0 Frames Lost due to OAM 0 Output fields are described here Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions Information OAMPDU Tx The number of OAM PDUx transmitted by the...

Page 1005: ...tionTx dot3OamUniqueEventNotificationRx dot3OamDuplicateEventNotificationTx dot3OamDuplicateEventNotificationRx dot3OamLoopbackControlTx dot3OamLoopbackControlRx dot3OamUnsupportedCodesTx dot3OamUnsup...

Page 1006: ...Vendor oui XYZ Mode active Max OAMPDU size 1518 Config Revision 0 Functions Supported loopbackSupportEventSupport Output fields are described here Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced...

Page 1007: ...mPeerVendorOui dot3OamPeerVendorInfo dot3OamPeerMode dot3OamPeerMaxOamPduSize dot3OamPeerConfigRevision dot3OamPeerFunctionsSupported show efm oam port history Displays the log of events that have occ...

Page 1008: ...frames over a specific interval exceeds the predefined threshold errored frame period Displays an errored frame period event logs An errored frame period event occurs if the number of frame errors in...

Page 1009: ...ntLogLocation dot3OamEventLogWindowHi dot3OamEventLogWindowLo dot3OamEventLogThresholdHi dot3OamEventLogThresholdLo dot3OamEventLogValue dot3OamEventLogRunningTotal dot3OamEventLogEventTotal output de...

Page 1010: ...y msec 100 L1 ping status Sucessful frames sent 4 frames received 4 avg delay msec 5 show efm oam port 1 4 l1 ping detail frames configured 5 frames delay msec 200 L1 ping status Successful frames sen...

Page 1011: ...ckTable alaDot3OamPortL1PingFramesConf alaDot3OamPortL1PingFramesDelay alaDot3OamPortL1PingStatus alaDot3OamPortL1PingFramesSent alaDot3OamPortL1PingFramesReceived alaDot3OamPortL1PingAverageRoundTrip...

Page 1012: ...for all the ports if no port is specified in the command Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the port parameter with this command to clear the statistics for a specific port or r...

Page 1013: ...cified in the command Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the port parameter with this command to clear the statistics for a specific port or range of ports Examples clear efm oam...

Page 1014: ...LINK OAM Commands page 26 46 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 1015: ...DLD follows are Advertises port s identity and learns about its neighbors This information is maintained in a cache table It sends continuous echo messages when fast notifications are required MIB inf...

Page 1016: ...that was shutdown by this command can be reset by using the interfaces admin command Examples udld enable udld disable Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects...

Page 1017: ...1 on slot 3 port2 The last port number in a range of ports that you want to configure on the same slot e g 3 1 4 specifies ports 1 4 on slot 3 enable Enables UDLD status on a port disable Disables UDL...

Page 1018: ...09 Related Commands MIB Objects alaUdldPortConfigTable alaUdldConfigUdldStatus udld Globally enables or disables UDLD protocol on the switch show udld configuration port Displays the configuration inf...

Page 1019: ...Switch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines The UDLD protocol must be enabled before using this command The UDLD protocol is not supported on aggregate ports When two UDLD enabled ports that are configu...

Page 1020: ...9 Related Commands MIB Objects alaUdldPortConfigTable alaUdldPortConfigUdldMode udld Globally enables or disables UDLD protocol on the switch show udld configuration port Displays the configuration in...

Page 1021: ...g 3 1 4 specifies ports 1 4 on slot 3 seconds The probe message transmission interval in seconds 7 90 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Use the no form of thi...

Page 1022: ...ed Commands MIB Objects alaUdldPortConfigTable alaUdldPortConfigUdldProbeIntervalTimer udld Globally enables or disables UDLD protocol on the switch show udld configuration port Displays the configura...

Page 1023: ...3 1 4 specifies ports 1 4 on slot 3 seconds The echo based detection period in seconds 4 15 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command...

Page 1024: ...d Commands MIB Objects alaUdldPortConfigTable alaUdldPortConfigUdldDetectionPeriodTimer udld Globally enables or disables UDLD protocol on the switch show udld configuration port Displays the configur...

Page 1025: ...dule e g 3 1 specifies port 1 on slot 3 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines If the slot port option is not specified UDLD statistics for the switch is cleare...

Page 1026: ...ults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines If any interface is in the admin down state because of UDLD then the status of the interface can be confirmed using the show...

Page 1027: ...N A Examples show udld configuration Global UDLD Status Disabled Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaUdldGlobalStatus output definitions Global UDLD St...

Page 1028: ...250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines N A Examples show udld configuration port Slot Port Admin State Oper Mode Probe Timer Echo Wait Timer 1 1 disabled normal 15 10 1 2 disabled normal 45 10 1 17 disable...

Page 1029: ...otapplicable shutdown undetermined or bidirectional Oper Mode Indicates the operational mode of UDLD protocol Options include normal or aggressive Global UDLD Status Indicates the UDLD status on the s...

Page 1030: ...t 1 42 UDLD Port Statistics Hello Packet Send 8 Echo Packet Send 8 Flush Packet Recvd 0 UDLD Neighbor Statistics Neighbor ID Hello Pkts Recv Echo Pkts Recv 1 8 15 2 8 15 3 8 21 4 8 14 5 8 15 6 8 20 Re...

Page 1031: ...ighborName alaUdldNumHelloSent alaUdldNumHelloRcvd alaUdldNumEchoSent alaUdldNumEchoRcvd alaUdldNumFlushRcvd udld probe timer Configures the probe message advertisement timer on a specific port a rang...

Page 1032: ...Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines N A Examples show udld neighbor port 1 42 Neighbor ID Device Id Port Id 1 00 d0 95 ea b2 48 00 d0 95 ea b2 78 2 00 d0 95 ea b2 48 00 d...

Page 1033: ...MIB Objects alaUdldPortNeighborStatsTable alaUdldNeighborName udld echo wait timer Configures the echo based detection timer on a specific port a range of ports or all the ports This is known as link...

Page 1034: ...not applicable 1 2 disabled not applicable 1 3 disabled not applicable 1 21 disabled not applicable 1 40 disabled not applicable 1 41 disabled not applicable 1 42 enabled bidirectional 1 43 enabled bi...

Page 1035: ...d Related Commands MIB Objects alaUdldGlobalStatus alaUdldPortConfigTable alaUdldPortConfigUdldOperationalStatus udld port Enables or disables UDLD status on a specific port or a range of ports show u...

Page 1036: ...UDLD Commands page 27 22 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 1037: ...n be configured in a unidirectional or bidirectional mode In the unidirectional mode the network ports can communicate with each other within the same session In the bidirectional mode the network por...

Page 1038: ...signed to the mapping session slot Slot number you want to configure port Port number you want to configure port2 Last port number in a range of ports you want to configure linkagg Specifies a link ag...

Page 1039: ...user port 2 3 port mapping 6 no network port linkagg 7 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects PortMappingSessionTable pmapSessionNumber portMappingTable pmap...

Page 1040: ...initions port_mapping_sessionid The port mapping session ID Valid range is 1 to 8 enable Enables a port mapping session disable Disables a port mapping session Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch...

Page 1041: ...ssionStatus port mapping user port network port Creates a port mapping session with or without the user ports network ports or both port mapping Configures the direction of a port mapping session show...

Page 1042: ...ts of a session cannot communicate with each other Also the network ports of that session cannot be a part of a network port set of another session In the unidirectional mode the network ports of a se...

Page 1043: ...ngSessionTable PmapSessionNumber PmapSessionDirection port mapping user port network port Creates a port mapping session with or without the user ports network ports or both port mapping Enables disab...

Page 1044: ...is 1 to 8 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If you do not specify the port mapping session ID then the status of all the port mapping sessions will be displayed Example...

Page 1045: ...d Commands MIB Objects PortMappingSessionTable PmapSessionNumber PmapSessionDirection pmapSessionStatus port mapping user port network port Creates a port mapping session with or without the user port...

Page 1046: ...forms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If you do not specify the port mapping session ID then the configuration for all the port mapping sessions will be displayed Examples show port mapping...

Page 1047: ...ommands MIB Objects PortMappingSessionTable PmapSessionNumber portMappingTable pmapPortIfindex pmapPortType port mapping user port network port Creates a port mapping session with or without the user...

Page 1048: ...Port Mapping Commands page 28 12 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 1049: ...osts are online Transmission Control Protocol TCP A major data transport mechanism that provides reliable connection oriented full duplex data streams While the role of TCP is to add reliability to IP...

Page 1050: ...service show ip traffic show ip interface show ip route show ip route pref show ip redist show ip access list show ip route map show ip router database show ip config show ip protocols show ip service...

Page 1051: ...icmp type icmp unreachable icmp echo icmp timestamp icmp addr mask icmp messages show icmp control show icmp statistics TCP show tcp statistics show tcp ports UDP show udp statistics show udp ports D...

Page 1052: ...specify the IP router network subnet_mask A valid IP address mask e g 255 0 0 0 255 255 0 0 to identify the IP subnet for the interface enable Enables the administrative status for the IP interface d...

Page 1053: ...hat the same MAC address is assigned to each interface configured for a VLAN Local Proxy ARP takes precedence over any switch wide ARP or Proxy ARP function It is not neces sary to have Proxy ARP conf...

Page 1054: ...aIpInterfaceAddress alaIpInterfaceMask alaIpInterfaceAdminState alaIpInterfaceDeviceType alaIpInterfaceVlanID alaIpInterfaceIpForward alaIpInterfaceEncap alaIpInterfaceLocalProxyArp alaIpInterfacePrim...

Page 1055: ...witch 6250 Usage Guidelines The router primary address should be a valid IP unicast host address The router primary IP address is used by BGP to derive its unique BGP Identifier if the router router i...

Page 1056: ...ntax Definitions ip_address 32 bit IP address Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The router ID can be any 32 bit number If the router ID is not a valid IP unicast host a...

Page 1057: ...e You can set a priority for the static route by assigning a metric value The lower the metric value the higher the priority Valid range is 1 15 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guid...

Page 1058: ...ted Commands MIB Objects alaIprmStaticRoute alaIprmStaticRouteDest alaIprmStaticRouteMask alaIprmStaticRouteNextHop alaIprmStaticRouteMetric alaIprmStaticRouteStatus show ip route Displays the IP Forw...

Page 1059: ...e preference of RIP routes ebgp Configures the route preference of external BGP routes ibgp Configures the route preference of internal BGP routes value Route preference value Defaults Platforms Suppo...

Page 1060: ...Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIprmRtPrefTable alaIprmRtPrefLocal alaIprmRtPrefStatic alaIprmRtPrefRip alaIprmRtPrefEbgp alaIprmRtPrefIbgp show ip route pref Displays t...

Page 1061: ...n hops Valid range is 1 255 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This value represents the default value inserted into the TTL field of the IP header for datagrams originat in...

Page 1062: ...ze packet_size interval seconds timeout seconds Syntax Definitions ip_address IP address of the system to ping hostname DNS name of the system to ping count Number of frames to be transmitted packet_s...

Page 1063: ...242 icmp_seq 2 time 0 ms 64 bytes from 10 255 11 242 icmp_seq 3 time 0 ms 64 bytes from 10 255 11 242 icmp_seq 4 time 0 ms 64 bytes from 10 255 11 242 icmp_seq 5 time 0 ms 10 255 11 242 PING Statistic...

Page 1064: ...s When using this command you must enter the name of the destination as part of the command line either the IP address or host name Use the optional max hop parameter to set a maximum hop count to the...

Page 1065: ...IP Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 29 17 Related Commands show ip route Displays the IP Forwarding table...

Page 1066: ...sage Guidelines Directed broadcasts are used in denial of service smurf attacks In a smurf attack a continuous stream of ping requests are sent from a falsified source address to a directed broadcast...

Page 1067: ...by default Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command only applies to TCP UDP service ports opened by default It does not affect ports that are opened by applications such as R...

Page 1068: ...troduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaIpServiceTable alaIpServiceType alaIpServicePort alaIpServiceStatus alaIpPortServiceTable alaIpPortServicePort alaIpPortServiceStatus telnet 23 enabled udp rel...

Page 1069: ...bles the administrative status of the redistribution configuration Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a route map redistribution co...

Page 1070: ...ic into rip route map static to rip disable Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaRouteMapRedistProtoTable alaRouteMapRedistSrcProtoId alaRouteMapRedistD...

Page 1071: ...orted OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to delete the access list Examples ip access list access1 no ip access list access1 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was int...

Page 1072: ...es that exactly match the IP address and the mask length aggregate Redistributes an aggregate route if there are one or more routes that match or are subnets of this address Defaults Usage Guidelines...

Page 1073: ...ess 10 0 0 0 8 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaRouteMapAccessListTable alaRouteMapAccessListIndex alaRouteMapAccessListAddress alaRouteMapAccessLis...

Page 1074: ...es route redistribution Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to delete the entire route map by specifying only the route map name Use the no fo...

Page 1075: ...ide November 2009 page 29 27 Related Commands MIB Objects alaRouteMapSequenceTable alaRouteMapSequenceIndex alaRouteMapSequenceNumber alaRouteMapSequenceAction alaRouteMapSequenceRowStatus show ip rou...

Page 1076: ...s IPv4 addresses to match ip_address prefixLen The destination IP address along with the prefix length of the routes to be redistributed all subnets Redistributes all the subnet routes that match the...

Page 1077: ...xist before you configure this match criteria Examples ip route map 3 match ip address 10 1 1 1 8 redist control no subnets deny no ip route map 3 match ip address 10 1 1 1 redist control no subnets d...

Page 1078: ...dresses to match ipv6_address prefixLen The destination IPv6 address along with the prefix length of the routes to be redistributed all subnets Redistributes all the subnet routes that match the netwo...

Page 1079: ...nfigure this match criteria Examples ip route map 3 match ipv6 address 2001 1 64 redist control no subnets deny no ip route map 3 match ipv6 address 2001 1 64 redist control no subnets deny ip route m...

Page 1080: ...he route nexthop IP address ip_address prefixLen The IP address along with the prefix length that matches any nexthop IP address within the specified subnet permit Permits a route based on the IP next...

Page 1081: ...e1 sequence number 10 match ip nexthop 10 0 0 0 8 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaRouteMapTable alaRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapSequence alaRouteMapTyp...

Page 1082: ...the route nexthop IPv6 address ipv6_address prefixLen The IPv6 address along with the prefix length that matches any nexthop IPv6 address within the specified subnet permit Permits a route based on t...

Page 1083: ...p 2001 64 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaRouteMapTable alaRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapSequence alaRouteMapType alaRouteMapValue alaRouteMapRowStatus...

Page 1084: ...ms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to delete the match tag parameter in the route map All route maps having the same name but different sequence numbers are...

Page 1085: ...IP Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 29 37 MIB Objects alaRouteMapTable alaRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapSequence alaRouteMapType alaRouteMapValue alaRouteMapRowStatus...

Page 1086: ...going interface Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to delete the match ipv4 interface parameter in the route map All route maps having the sa...

Page 1087: ...IP Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 29 39 MIB Objects alaRouteMapTable alaRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapSequence alaRouteMapType alaRouteMapValue alaRouteMapRowStatus...

Page 1088: ...going interface Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to delete the match ipv6 interface parameter in the route map All route maps having the sa...

Page 1089: ...IP Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 29 41 MIB Objects alaRouteMapTable alaRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapSequence alaRouteMapType alaRouteMapValue alaRouteMapRowStatus...

Page 1090: ...t matches a specified metric deviation The deviation value If deviation is included the route metric can have any value within the range metric deviation to metric deviation Defaults Platforms Support...

Page 1091: ...MIB Objects alaRouteMapTable alaRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapSequence alaRouteMapType alaRouteMapValue alaRouteMapRowStatus ip route map action Creates a route map for redistribution and sets the status o...

Page 1092: ...etric value subtract Subtracts the configured metric value from the actual metric value replace Replaces the actual metric value with the configured metric value none Redistributes the actual metric v...

Page 1093: ...MIB Objects alaRouteMapTable alaRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapSequence alaRouteMapType alaRouteMapValue alaRouteMapRowStatus ip route map action Creates a route map for redistribution and sets the status o...

Page 1094: ...witch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to delete the set tag parameter in the route map All route maps having the same name but different sequence numbers are linked together and...

Page 1095: ...IP Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 29 47 MIB Objects alaRouteMapTable alaRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapSequence alaRouteMapType alaRouteMapValue alaRouteMapRowStatus...

Page 1096: ...e is 1 100 ip_address IP address of the next hop Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to delete the set ip nexthop parameter in the route map A...

Page 1097: ...IB Objects alaIPRouteMapTable alaRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapSequence alaRouteMapType alaRouteMapValue alaRouteMapRowStatus ip route map action Creates a route map for redistribution and sets the status...

Page 1098: ...The range is 1 100 ipv6_address IPv6 address of the next hop Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to delete the set ipv6 nexthop parameter in...

Page 1099: ...IB Objects alaIPRouteMapTable alaRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapSequence alaRouteMapType alaRouteMapValue alaRouteMapRowStatus ip route map action Creates a route map for redistribution and sets the status...

Page 1100: ...tch responds to all ARP requests for the specified IP address with its own MAC address You can also enable the proxy feature for an IP interface using the ip interface command When enabled ARP request...

Page 1101: ...tAddress ipNetToMediaPhyAddress ipNetToMediaType alaIpNetToMediaTable alaIpNetToMediaPhyAddress alaIpNetToMediaProxy clear arp cache Deletes all dynamic entries from the ARP table ip interface Enables...

Page 1102: ...e been added to the table they must be removed using the no form of the ip service command Dynamic entries remain in the ARP table until they time out The switch uses the MAC Address table timeout val...

Page 1103: ...A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove an already configured ARP Poison restricted address Examples ip dos arp poison restricted address 192 16...

Page 1104: ...ress in the ARP packet is used for ARP filtering target The target IP address in the ARP packet is used for ARP filtering allow ARP packets that meet filter criteria are processed block ARP packets th...

Page 1105: ...and was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaIpArpFilterTable alaIpArpFilterIpAddr alaIpArpFilterIpMask alaIpArpFilterVlan alaIpArpFilterMode alaIpArpFilterType clear arp filter Clears all ARP f...

Page 1106: ...delines This commands clears all ARP filters configured on the switch To remove an individual filter entry use the no form of the arp filter command Examples clear arp filter Release History Release 6...

Page 1107: ...pkt gap gap Syntax Definitions type The ICMP packet type This is conjunction with the ICMP code deter mines the type of ICMP message being specified code The ICMP code type This is conjunction with th...

Page 1108: ...tination network unknown 3 6 destination host unknown 3 7 source host isolated 3 8 dest network admin prohibited 3 9 host admin prohibited by filter 3 10 network unreachable for TOS 3 11 host unreacha...

Page 1109: ...code 0 disable Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaIcmpCtrlTable alaIcmpCtrlType alaIcmpCtrlTable alaIcmpCtrlCode alaIcmpCtrlStatus alaIcmpCtrlPktGap I...

Page 1110: ...es the specified ICMP message disable Disables the specified ICMP message gap The number of microseconds required between ICMP messages of this type Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage...

Page 1111: ...hable port unreachable enable icmp unreachable port unreachable min pkt gap 50 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaIcmpCtrlTable alaIcmpCtrlType alaIcm...

Page 1112: ...messages of this type Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command sets the ICMP echo messages An echo request is sent to a destination and must be responded to with an...

Page 1113: ...erence Guide November 2009 page 29 65 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIcmpCtrlTable alaIcmpCtrlType alaIcmpCtrlTable alaIcmpCtrlCode alaIcmpCtrlStatus alaIcmpCtrlPktGap show icmp control Allows the vi...

Page 1114: ...mestamp in the message is returned in the reply together with an additional timestamp The timestamp is 32 bits of milliseconds since midnight UT The Originate timestamp is the time the sender last tou...

Page 1115: ...page 29 67 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaIcmpCtrlTable alaIcmpCtrlType alaIcmpCtrlTable alaIcmpCtrlCode alaIcmpCtrlStatus alaIcmpCtrlPktGap show...

Page 1116: ...ults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines A gateway receiving an address mask request should return it with the address mask field set to the 32 bit mask of the bits identifying the su...

Page 1117: ...erence Guide November 2009 page 29 69 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIcmpCtrlTable alaIcmpCtrlType alaIcmpCtrlTable alaIcmpCtrlCode alaIcmpCtrlStatus alaIcmpCtrlPktGap show icmp control Allows the vi...

Page 1118: ...les ICMP messages Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples icmp messages enable icmp messages disable Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Com...

Page 1119: ...faults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command creates a point value that is added to the total port scan penalty value when a TCP or UDP packet is received that is destined...

Page 1120: ...0 Usage Guidelines This command creates a point value that is added to the total port scan penalty value when a TCP packet is received that is destined for an open port The switch does not distinguish...

Page 1121: ...0 Usage Guidelines This command creates a point value that is added to the total port scan penalty value when a UDP packet is received that is destined for an open port The switch does not distinguish...

Page 1122: ...Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If the total port scan penalty value exceeds this value a port scan attack is recorded The penalty value is incremented by recording TCP or UDP packets that...

Page 1123: ...TCP or UDP packet is received on a closed port ip dos scan tcp open port penalty Assigns a penalty value to be added to the Denial of Service pen alty scan value when a TCP packet is received on an o...

Page 1124: ...switch generates an SNMP trap when a DoS attack is detected It is assumed a DoS attack has occurred when the port scan penalty threshold is exceeded This value is set using the ip dos scan threshold c...

Page 1125: ...Usage Guidelines The port scan penalty value is reduced every minute by dividing by the amount set in using this command For example if the decay value is set to 10 every minute the total port scan p...

Page 1126: ...This is done to block spoofed IP traf fic If the UserPorts group function is active and spoofed traffic was detected and blocked the output display of this command will include statistics regarding t...

Page 1127: ...no errors to prevent transmission e g lack of buffer space This does not include any datagrams discarded while awaiting reassem bly Typically this value should be zero Delivered to users Total number...

Page 1128: ...ts default routers are down Fragments generated The of IP datagram fragments generated as a result of fragmentation Routing entry discards Number of packets received and discarded by IP even though no...

Page 1129: ...ut an individual interface Examples show ip interface Total 13 interfaces Name IP Address Subnet Mask Status Forward Device EMP 172 22 16 115 255 255 255 0 UP NO EMP GMRULE 40 1 1 1 255 255 255 0 DOWN...

Page 1130: ...ack interface is configured for testing Configured through the ip interface command output definitions SNMP Interface Index Interface index IP Address IP address associated with the interface Configur...

Page 1131: ...erface Note that Operational State Reason field is only included in the dis play output when the operational state of the interface is down Router MAC Switch MAC address assigned to the interface Note...

Page 1132: ...utes learned through routing protocols e g RIP Use the optional summary keyword to display a list of routing protocols and the number of routes for each protocol that appear in the IP Forwarding table...

Page 1133: ...han a day old it is displayed in dd hh format e g a route that is 2 days and 12 hours old is displayed as 2d12h Protocol Protocol by which this IP address was learned e g RIP NETMGT indicates a static...

Page 1134: ...itions N A Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show ip route pref Protocol Route Preference Value Local 1 Static 2 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was...

Page 1135: ...nfigurations that redistribute routes into the specified protocol Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Examples show ip redist Source Destination Protocol Protocol Status Route Map RIP...

Page 1136: ...bjects alaRouteMapRedistProtoTable alaRouteMapRedistSrcProtoId alaRouteMapRedistDestProtoId alaRouteMapRedistRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapRedistStatus alaRouteMapRedistAddressType alaRouteMapRedistRowStat...

Page 1137: ...Redistribution Name Prefix Length Effect Control al_3 10 0 0 0 8 permit all subnets al_3 11 0 0 0 8 permit all subnets al_4 1 0 0 0 8 permit no subnets al_4 10 0 0 0 8 permit all subnets show ip acces...

Page 1138: ...jects alaRouteMapAccessListIndex alaRouteMapAccessListAddressType alaRouteMapAccessListAddress alaRouteMapAccessListPrefixLength alaRouteMapAccessListAction alaRouteMapAccessListRedistControl ip acces...

Page 1139: ...ecific route map Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If the route map name is not specified in this command all the route maps are displayed Examples show ip route map Ro...

Page 1140: ...v6 address Matches the route with the specified IPv6 address or with addresses contained in an IPv6 access list specified by the access list name ip route map match ip nexthop Matches the routes that...

Page 1141: ...ype and have the specified destination network The IP forwarding table is derived from IP router database processing performed by the switch and contains only unique routes that the switch currently u...

Page 1142: ...mmands output definitions Destination Destination IP address Also includes the mask prefix length notation after the address to indicate the subnet mask value For example 24 indicates the destination...

Page 1143: ...es N A Examples show ip config IP directed broadcast OFF IP default TTL 64 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions IP directed broadcast Indicates whet...

Page 1144: ...gured and debug infor mation Examples show ip protocols Router ID 10 255 11 243 Primary addr 10 255 11 243 RIP status Not Loaded Debug level 1 Debug sections error Release History Release 6 6 1 comman...

Page 1145: ...eference Guide November 2009 page 29 97 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIpRouteSumTable alaIpRouteProtocol ip router primary address Configures the router primary IP address ip router router id Config...

Page 1146: ...es the service port number Examples show ip service Name Port Status ftp 21 enabled ssh 22 disabled telnet 23 disabled udp relay 67 disabled http 80 disabled network time 123 disabled snmp 161 disable...

Page 1147: ...009 page 29 99 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIpServiceTable alaIpServiceType alaIpServicePort alaIpServiceStatus alaIpPortServiceTable alaIpPortServicePort alaIpPortServiceStatus ip service Enables...

Page 1148: ...pe Flags Port Interface Name 10 255 11 59 00 50 04 b2 c9 ee DYNAMIC 3 20 vlan 1 10 255 11 48 00 50 04 b2 ca 11 DYNAMIC 3 20 vlan 1 10 255 11 201 00 10 83 03 e7 e4 DYNAMIC 3 20 vlan 1 10 255 11 14 00 1...

Page 1149: ...pNetToMediaTable ipNetToMediaIfIndex ipNetToMediaNetAddress ipNetToMediaPhyAddress ipNetToMediaType ipNetToMediaAugTable ipNetToMediaSlot ipNetToMediaPort alaIpNetToMediaTable alaIpNetToMediaPhyAddres...

Page 1150: ...et block 172 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 0 target block 198 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 0 sender block 198 172 16 1 255 255 255 255 200 target allow show arp filter 198 172 16 1 IP Addr IP Mask Vlan Type Mode 198 0 0 0 255 0...

Page 1151: ...se 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaIpArpFilterTable alaIpArpFilterIpAddr alaIpArpFilterIpMask alaIpArpFilterVlan alaIpArpFilterMode alaIpArpFilterType arp filter Adds a pe...

Page 1152: ...ed but DF bit set 3 4 enabled 0 source route failed 3 5 enabled 0 destination network unknown 3 6 enabled 0 destination host unknown 3 7 enabled 0 source host isolated 3 8 enabled 0 dest network admin...

Page 1153: ...age Status Whether this message is Enabled or Disabled min pkt gap The minimum packet gap in microseconds for this ICMP message The minimum packet gap is the amount of time that must pass between ICMP...

Page 1154: ...finitions statistics Optional syntax Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the ICMP Table to monitor and troubleshoot the switch Examples show icmp Messages Received Se...

Page 1155: ...r possibly the gateway s soft ware Source quench Number of messages sent received that tell a host that it is sending too many packets A host should attempt to reduce its transmissions upon receiving...

Page 1156: ...segments received Total number of segments received including those received in error This count includes segments received on currently established connec tions Error segments received Total number...

Page 1157: ...mands Attempt fails Number of times attempted TCP connections have failed Established resets Number of times TCP connections have been reset from the Estab lished or Close Wait state to the Closed sta...

Page 1158: ...ME WAIT 10 255 11 223 2510 10 255 11 25 389 TIME WAIT 10 255 11 223 2513 10 255 11 33 389 TIME WAIT 10 255 11 223 2514 10 255 11 25 389 TIME WAIT 10 255 11 223 2517 10 255 11 33 389 TIME WAIT 10 255 1...

Page 1159: ...e for the data transfer phase of the connection Fin Wait 1 Waiting for a connection termination request from the remote TCP or an acknowledgment of the connection termination request previously sent F...

Page 1160: ...14937 Error datagrams received 0 No port datagrams received 32891 Total datagrams sent 211884 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions Total datagrams r...

Page 1161: ...ess of zero 0 0 0 0 indicates that it is listening on all interfaces This table contains information about the UDP end points on which a local application is currently accepting datagrams Examples sho...

Page 1162: ...it is assumed a DoS attack is in progress and a trap is generated to inform the system administrator Examples show ip dos config Dos type Status port scan ENABLED tcp sync flood ENABLED ping of death...

Page 1163: ...ip dos scan decay command DoS port scan close port pen alty The penalty value for packets received on closed UDP and TCP ports The penalty number for the switch is increased by this amount every time...

Page 1164: ...sn t necessarily mean an attack occurred The switch assumes a DoS attack is underway anytime the penalty threshold is exceeded It is possible for this threshold to be exceeded when no attack is in pro...

Page 1165: ...eference Guide November 2009 page 29 117 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaDoSTable alaDoSType show ip dos config Displays the configuration paramete...

Page 1166: ...lines N A Examples show ip dos arp poison IP Address Attacks 192 168 1 1 0 192 168 1 2 0 192 168 1 3 0 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaDoSArpPoison...

Page 1167: ...mes longer than the IPv4 addresses the IPv6 header is only twice the size of the IPv4 header Anycast Addressing A new type of address called a anycast address is defined to identify sets of nodes wher...

Page 1168: ...s show ipv6 routes show ipv6 route pref show ipv6 router database show ipv6 tcp ports show ipv6 traffic clear ipv6 traffic show ipv6 udp ports show ipv6 information IPv6 Route Map Redistribution ipv6...

Page 1169: ...are sent on this interface ra max interval interval Maximum time in seconds allowed between the transmission of unso licited multicast router advertisements in this interface The range is 4 1 800 ra m...

Page 1170: ...s Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to delete an interface When you create an IPv6 interface it is enabled by default All IPv6 interfaces must have a...

Page 1171: ...alaIPv6InterfaceName alaIPv6InterfaceMtu alaIPv6InterfaceSendRouterAdvertisements alaIPv6InterfaceMaxRtrAdvInterval alaIPv6InterfaceAdvManagedFlag alaIPv6InterfaceAdvOtherConfigFlag alaIPv6InterfaceA...

Page 1172: ...s the address is an anycast address eui 64 Append an EUI 64 identifier to the prefix if_name Name assigned to the interface loopback Configures the loopback interface Defaults N A Platforms Supported...

Page 1173: ...6InterfaceAddressTable alaIPv6InterfaceAddress alaIPv6InterfaceAddressAnycastFlag alaIPv6InterfaceEUI64AddressPrefixLength alaIPv6InterfaceEUI64AddressrowStatus For EUI 64 Addresses alaIPv6InterfaceEU...

Page 1174: ...he interface Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The switch performs DAD check when an interface is attached to the stack and its VLAN first enters the active state Use t...

Page 1175: ...alue no ipv6 hop limit Syntax Definitions value Hop limit value The range is 0 255 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to return the hop limit...

Page 1176: ...s Valid range is 10 1440 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples ipv6 pmtu lifetime 30 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Obje...

Page 1177: ...associated with the IPv6 address 1 255 characters ipv6_address IPv6 address Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove the mapping from...

Page 1178: ...m lifetime for neighbor entries in the stale state 5 2800 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples ipv6 neighbor stale lifetime 1400 Release History Release 6 6 1 com...

Page 1179: ...ss MAC address in hex format e g 00 00 39 59 F1 0C if_name Name assigned to the interface on which the neighbor resides slot port Slot port used to reach the neighbor Defaults N A Platforms Supported...

Page 1180: ...ch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects IPv6IfIndex alaIPv6NeighborTable alaIPv6NeighborNetAddress alaIPv6NeighborPhysAddress alaIPv6NeighborSlot alaIPv6NeighborPort alaIPv6NeighborRowSt...

Page 1181: ...until deprecation A value of 4 294 967 295 represents infinity preferred lifetime time Length of time in seconds that this prefix will remain preferred i e time until deprecation A value of 4 294 967...

Page 1182: ...Objects IPv6IfIndex alaIPv6InterfacePrefixTable alaIP6vInterfacePrefix alaIP6vInterfacePrefixLength alaIP6vInterfacePrefixValidLifetime alaIP6vInterfacePrefixPreferredLifetime alaIP6vInterfacePrefixon...

Page 1183: ...in the iPv6 address mask 0 128 ipv6_address IPv6 address of the next hop used to reach the specified network if_name If the next hop is a link local address the name of the interface used to reach it...

Page 1184: ...is static route prefix_length The number of bits 0 128 that are significant in the iPv6 address mask gateway ipv6_address IPv6 address of the next hop used to reach the destination IPv6 address if_nam...

Page 1185: ...laIprmv6StaticRouteDest alaIprmv6StaticRoutePrefixLength alaIprmv6StaticRouteNextHop alaIprmv6StaticRouteIfIndex alaIprmv6StaticRouteMetric alaIprmv6StaticRouteRowStatus show ipv6 routes Displays IPv6...

Page 1186: ...Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Route preference of local routes cannot be changed The valid route preference range is 1 255 The IPv6 version of BGP is not supported currently Ex...

Page 1187: ...interval seconds Syntax Definitions ipv6_address IP address of the system to ping hostname DNS name of the system to ping if_name If the target is a link local address the name of the interface used t...

Page 1188: ...I Reference Guide November 2009 Examples ping6 fe80 2d0 95ff fe6a f458 64 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands traceroute6 Finds the path taken by an IPv6 packet from...

Page 1189: ...local address the name of the interface used to reach it hop_count Maximum hop count for the trace time Delay time in seconds between probes port Specific UDP port destination By default the destinat...

Page 1190: ...IPv6 Commands page 30 24 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands ping6 Tests whether an IPv6 destination can be reached from the local switch...

Page 1191: ...6 hosts are displayed Examples show ipv6 hosts Name IPv6 Address ipv6 test1 alcatel lucent com 4235 1200 0010 ipv6 test2 alcatel lucent com 4235 1200 0020 otheripv6hostname 4143 1295 9490 9303 00d0 6a...

Page 1192: ...y Prohibited 0 0 Time Exceeded 0 0 Parameter Problems 0 0 Packet Too Big 0 0 Echo Requests 0 0 Echo Replies 0 0 Router Solicitations 0 0 Router Advertisements 0 0 Neighbor Solicitations 0 0 Neighbor A...

Page 1193: ...of Echo Reply messages sent or received by the switch Router Solicitations Number of Router Solicitations sent or received by the switch Router Advertisements Number of Router Advertisements sent or...

Page 1194: ...IcmpInNeighborAdvertisements ipv6IfIcmpInRedirects ipv6IfIcmpInGroupMembQueries ipv6IfIcmpInGroupMembResponses ipv6IfIcmpInGroupMembReductions ipv6IfIcmpOutMsgs ipv6IfIcmpOutErrors ipv6IfIcmpOutDestUn...

Page 1195: ...mples show ipv6 interface Name IPv6 Address Prefix Length Status Device smbif 5 fe80 2d0 95ff fe12 f470 64 Active VLAN 955 212 95 5 35 64 212 95 5 64 v6if to eagle fe80 2d0 95ff fe12 f470 64 Disabled...

Page 1196: ...15686 Packets sent 2019 Bytes received 14108208 Bytes sent 178746 Input errors 0 Output errors 0 Collisions 0 Dropped 0 output definitions IPv6 interface index IPv6IfIndex value that should be used in...

Page 1197: ...this interface RA default lifetime ms The value placed in the router lifetime field in the router advertisements sent over this interface Packets received Number of IPv6 packets received since the las...

Page 1198: ...rfaceTable alaIPv6InterfaceName alaIPv6InterfaceAddress alaIPv6InterfaceAdminStatus alaIPv6InterfaceRowStatus alaIPv6InterfaceDescription alaIPv6InterfaceMtu alaIPv6InterfaceType alaIPv6InterfaceAdmin...

Page 1199: ...forms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show ipv6 pmtu table 1 PMTU Entry PMTU entry minimum lifetime 10m Destination Address MTU Expires fe80 02d0 c0ff fe86 1207 1280 1h 0m Rele...

Page 1200: ...de November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIPv6ConfigTable alaIPv6PMTUDest alaIPv6PMTUexpire ipv6 pmtu lifetime Configures the minimum lifetime for entries in the path MTU Table clear ipv6 pmtu...

Page 1201: ...ions N A Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples clear ipv6 pmtu table Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaIPv6C...

Page 1202: ...configured neighbors Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If you do not specify an option e g if_name all IPv6 neighbors are displayed Examples show ipv6 neighbors IPv6 A...

Page 1203: ...ase 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects ipv6IfIndex alaIPv6NeighborTable alaIPv6NeighborNetAddress alaIPv6NeighborPhysAddress alaIPv6NeighborSlot alaIPv6NeighborPort alaIPv6Neigh...

Page 1204: ...ch 6250 Usage Guidelines This commands only clears dynamic entries If static entries have been added to the table they must be removed using the no form of the ipv6 neighbor command Examples clear ipv...

Page 1205: ...ace name This is usually the VLAN on which the interface is configured IPv6 Address Prefix Length The IPv6 prefix and prefix length for a Router Advertisement Prefix Option Valid Lifetime Length of ti...

Page 1206: ...Pv6AddressPrefixLinkFlag IPv6AddressPrefixAdvvalidLifetime IPv6AddressPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime alaIPv6InterfacePrefixTable alaIPv6InterfacePrefix alaIPv6InterfacePrefixLength alaIPv6InterfacePrefixV...

Page 1207: ...G Gateway H Host S Static C Cloneable D Dynamic M Modified R Unreachable X Externally resolved B Discard L Link layer 1 Protocol specific 2 Protocol specific Destination Prefix Gateway Address Interf...

Page 1208: ...November 2009 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects IPv6RouteTable IPv6Routes IPv6RoutesPrefix IPV6RoutesStatic alaIPv6StaticRouteTable alaIPv6StaticRouteE...

Page 1209: ...outer show ipv6 route pref Syntax Definitions N A Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show ipv6 route pref Protocol Route Preference Value Local 1 Static 2 R...

Page 1210: ...tabase processing performed by the switch and contains only unique routes that the switch currently uses Use the show ipv6 routes command to view the forwarding table If an expected route does not app...

Page 1211: ...elease 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions Destination Prefix IPv6 destination address and prefix Gateway Address IPv6 address of the gateway used to reach the destination...

Page 1212: ...3 d4f8 34144 v6if 6to4 137 established 2002 d423 2323 35 49153 212 61 61 0 2b0 d0ff fe43 d4f8 34144 v6if 6to4 137 established Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions Lo...

Page 1213: ...09 page 30 47 Related Commands MIB Objects IPv6TcpConnTable IPv6TcpConnEntry IPv6TcpConnLocalAddress IPv6TcpConnLocalPort IPv6TcpConnRemAddress IPv6TcpConnRemPort IPv6TcpConnIfIndex IPv6TcpConnState s...

Page 1214: ...ince the last time the switch was powered on the last reset of the switch was executed or the traffic statistics were cleared using the command Examples show ipv6 traffic Global IPv6 Statistics Packet...

Page 1215: ...ack of buffer space Note that this counter does not include any packets discarded while awaiting re assembly Delivered to users Total number of packets successfully delivered to IPv6 user protocols in...

Page 1216: ...StatsInNoRoutes ipv6IfStatsInAddrErrors ipv6IfStatsInUnknownProtos ipv6IfStatsInTruncatedPkts ipv6IfStatsInDiscards ipv6IfStatsInDelivers ipv6IfStatsOutForwDatagrams ipv6IfStatsOutRequests ipv6IfStats...

Page 1217: ...efinitions N A Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the show ipv6 traffic command to view current IPv6 traffic statistics Examples clear ipv6 traffic Release History R...

Page 1218: ...ing IPv6 addresses are displayed in this table Examples show ipv6 udp ports Local Address Port Interface 521 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions Lo...

Page 1219: ...IPv6 Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 30 53 MIB Objects IPv6UdpTable IPv6UdpEntry IPv6UdpLocalAddress IPv6UdpLocalPort IPv6UdpIfIndex...

Page 1220: ...istory Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions Default hop limit The value placed in the hop limit field in router advertisements Path MTU entry minimum lifetime Minim...

Page 1221: ...mmands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 30 55 MIB Objects ipv6MibObjects Ipv6DefaultHopLimit alaIPv6ConfigTable alaIPv6PMTUMinLifetime alaIPv6NeighborTable alaIPv6NeighborStaleLi...

Page 1222: ...witch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a route map redistribution configuration Note that if a route map name is not specified all route maps associated with the redistr...

Page 1223: ...ommands MIB Objects alaRouteMapRedistProtoTable alaRouteMapRedistSrcProtoId alaRouteMapRedistDestProtoId alaRouteMapRedistRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapRedistStatus alaRouteMapRedistAddressType alaRouteMap...

Page 1224: ...N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to delete the access list Examples ipv6 access list access1 no ipv6 access list access1 Release History Release...

Page 1225: ...h no subnets Redistributes or denies only those routes that exactly match the IP address and the mask length aggregate Redistributes an aggregate route if there are one or more routes that match or ar...

Page 1226: ...list access1 address 2001 1 64 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaRouteMapAccessListTable alaRouteMapAccessListIndex alaRouteMapAccessListAddress alaR...

Page 1227: ...nd to display only those configurations that redistribute routes into the specified protocol The IPv6 version of BGP is not supported currently Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Exa...

Page 1228: ...bjects alaRouteMapRedistProtoTable alaRouteMapRedistSrcProtoId alaRouteMapRedistDestProtoId alaRouteMapRedistRouteMapIndex alaRouteMapRedistStatus alaRouteMapRedistAddressType alaRouteMapRedistRowStat...

Page 1229: ...d Examples show ipv6 access list Address Redistribution Name Prefix Length Effect Control al_3 128 64 permit all subnets al_4 124 64 permit no subnets show ipv6 access list 4 Address Redistribution Na...

Page 1230: ...alaRouteMapAccessListAddressType alaRouteMapAccessListAddress alaRouteMapAccessListPrefixLength alaRouteMapAccessListAction alaRouteMapAccessListRedistControl ipv6 access list Creates an IPv6 access l...

Page 1231: ...upported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines RIPng will support a maximum of 1 000 routes RIPng will support a maximum of 20 interfaces Use the ipv6 rip status command to enable RIPng on the switch Examp...

Page 1232: ...OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines RIPng must be loaded on the switch ipv6 load rip to enable RIP on the switch Examples ipv6 rip status enable Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Rela...

Page 1233: ...an Active state Valid range is 1 300 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This timer is reset each time a routing update is received Examples ipv6 rip invalid timer 300 Releas...

Page 1234: ...that a route will remain in the RIPng Routing Table before it is flushed from the RIB Valid range is 0 180 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the ipv6 rip invalid timer...

Page 1235: ...te will remain in a holddown state Valid range is 0 120 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines While in holddown the route continues being announced as usual and used in RIB Thi...

Page 1236: ...at a routing update is offset Valid range is 0 to one half the updated interval value e g if the updated interval is 30 the range would be 0 300 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guid...

Page 1237: ...is 0 65535 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This value does not apply to routes learned from other routers For these routes the route tag propagates with the route Exampl...

Page 1238: ...ting updates are sent out Valid range is 0 120 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command along with the ipv6 rip jitter command to configure RIPng updates Examples...

Page 1239: ...re not added to triggered updates Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If set to all all routes are sent in the update not just route changes which increases RIPng traffic on...

Page 1240: ...Usage Guidelines By default a RIPng interface is created in the enabled state Routing is enabled on a VLAN when you create a router port However to enable RIPng routing you must also configure and en...

Page 1241: ...disables RIPng on the switch ipv6 rip interface recv status Configures IPv6 RIPng interface Receive status When this status is set to enable packets can be received on this interface ipv6 rip interfa...

Page 1242: ...ue for routes generated by the RIPng inter face ipv6 rip interface if_name metric value Syntax Definitions if_name IPv6 interface name value Metric value Valid range is 1 15 Defaults Platforms Support...

Page 1243: ...disable Interface Receive status Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines RIPng must be loaded ipv6 load rip and enabled ipv6 rip status on the switch to send or receive pack ets...

Page 1244: ...able Interface Send status Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines RIPng must be loaded ipv6 load rip and enabled ipv6 rip status on the switch to send or receive pack ets on the...

Page 1245: ...mniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If set to none the route is not sent back to the peer If set to split only the route received from the peer is sent back with an increased metric If set to poison the r...

Page 1246: ...rval 120 Holddown interval 0 Jitter interval 5 Triggered Updates All Routes output definitions Status RIPng protocol status enabled or disabled Number of routes Number of RIPng routes in Forwarding In...

Page 1247: ...igures the Interval in seconds so that RIPng routing updates are sent out ipv6 rip invalid timer Configures the amount of time a route remains active in RIB before being moved to the garbage state ipv...

Page 1248: ...show ipv6 rip interface Interface Packets Name Status Recvd Sent Metric Test_Lab Active 12986 12544 1 Test_Lab_2 Active 12556 12552 1 show ipv6 rip interface if3 Name Test_Lab IPv6 interface index 3 I...

Page 1249: ...packets can be received by this interface When it is set to disable packets cannot be received by this interface Packets received Number of packets received by the interface Packets sent Number of pa...

Page 1250: ...nterfaceTable alaRipngInterfaceEntry alaRipngInterfaceStatus alaRipngInterfacePacketsRcvd alaRipngInterfacePacketsSent alaRipngInterfaceMetric alaRipngInterfaceIndex alaRipngInterfaceNextUpdate alaRip...

Page 1251: ...re displayed Examples show ipv6 peer Seen on Packets Last Address Interface Recv Update fe80 200 39ff fe1f 710c vlan172 23 20 fe80 2d0 95ff fe12 da40 bkbone20 33 2 fe80 2d0 95ff fe12 da40 vlan150 26 2...

Page 1252: ...Interface used to reach the peer Packets Recvd Number of packets received from the peer Last Update Number of seconds since the last update was received from the peer Peer address Peer IPv6 address R...

Page 1253: ...route matching the speci fied destination ipv6_addr IPv6 address ipv6_prefix prefix length IPv6 address and prefix prefix length Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If y...

Page 1254: ...put definitions Destination IPv6 address address length of the destination Gateway IPv6 gateway used to reach the destination State Route status Active Inactive Metric Routing metric for this route Pr...

Page 1255: ...CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 30 89 MIB Objects alaRipngRouteTable alaRipngRouteEntry alaRipngRoutePrefixLen alaRipngRouteNextHop alaRipngRouteType alaRipngRouteAge alaRipngRouteTag alaRipngR...

Page 1256: ...IPv6 Commands page 30 90 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 1257: ...es to clients on the same network at random inter vals between a configurable range of time and in response to client solicitations MIB information for the RDP commands is as follows Filename AlcatelI...

Page 1258: ...tch Defaults By default RDP is disabled on the switch Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The ip router discovery command only activates RDP for the switch No advertisements occur unt...

Page 1259: ...Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove the RDP interface from the switch configuration Do not use the enable option the first time thi...

Page 1260: ...31 4 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaRDPIfTable alaRDPIfStatus ip router discovery Enables or disables RDP for the switch ip interface Configures an I...

Page 1261: ...destination address for RDP advertisement packets Broadcast Specifies 255 255 255 255 as the destination address for RDP advertise ment packets Use this address if IP multicast links are not available...

Page 1262: ...tch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaRDPIfTable alaRDPIfAdvtAddress ip router discovery Enables or disables RDP on the switch ip router discovery interface Enable...

Page 1263: ...RDP is enabled on the switch and the specified interface is also enabled Do not specify a value for the maximum advertisement interval that is less than the value specified for the minimum advertiseme...

Page 1264: ...interface Enables or disables an RDP interface ip router discovery interface min advertisement interval Configures the minimum time in seconds RDP allows between each advertisement packet the router t...

Page 1265: ...unless RDP is enabled on the switch and the specified interface is also enabled Do not specify a value for the minimum advertisement interval that is greater than the value specified for the maximum...

Page 1266: ...interface Enables or disables an RDP interface ip router discovery interface max advertisement interval Configures the maximum time in seconds RDP allows between each advertisement packet the router...

Page 1267: ...consid ered valid by the receiving host The range is the value set for the maxi mum advertisement interval to 9000 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The RDP interface adver...

Page 1268: ...face Enables or disables an RDP interface ip router discovery interface min advertisement interval Configures the minimum time in seconds RDP allows between each advertisement packet the router transm...

Page 1269: ...Any positive integer value The higher the value the higher the prece dence Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The RDP interface preference level value is not active unless R...

Page 1270: ...itch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaRDPIfTable alaRDPIfPrefLevel ip router discovery Enables or disables RDP on the switch ip router discovery interface Enables...

Page 1271: ...a specific RDP interface Examples show ip router discovery Status Enabled RDP uptime 161636 secs Packets Tx 4 Packets Rx 0 Send Errors 0 Recv Errors 0 output definitions Status The status of RDP Enab...

Page 1272: ...November 2009 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaRDPConfig alaRDPStatus show ip router discovery interface Displays the current RDP status and relate...

Page 1273: ...and additional information about the RDP interface is displayed Use the show ip router discovery command to display global RDP status and statistics for the entire switch Examples show ip router disco...

Page 1274: ...all systems multicast or 255 255 255 255 broadcast Configured using the ip router discovery interface advertisement address command Max Advertisement interval The maximum time in seconds RDP allows be...

Page 1275: ...page 31 19 Related Commands MIB Objects alaRDPIfTable alaRDPIfAdvtAdress alaRDPIfMaxAdvtInterval alaRDPIfMinAdvtInterval alaRDPIfAdvLifeTime alaRDPIfPrefLevel show ip router discovery Displays the cu...

Page 1276: ...RDP Commands page 31 20 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 1277: ...n clients and servers It is not necessary to enable DHCP Relay if DHCP traffic is bridged through one network i e clients and servers are on the same physical network This chapter includes a descripti...

Page 1278: ...snooping option 82 format ip helper dhcp snooping bypass option 82 check ip helper dhcp snooping vlan ip helper dhcp snooping port ip helper dhcp snooping port traffic suppression ip helper dhcp snoop...

Page 1279: ...he service is called Global DHCP When the DHCP Relay is specified by the VLAN number of the DHCP request the service is referred to as Per VLAN DHCP Global DHCP and Per VLAN DHCP are mutually exclusiv...

Page 1280: ...t packet unless the packet contains an elapsed boot time value that is equal to or greater than the configured value of the forward delay time ip helper maximum hops Sets the maximum number of hops va...

Page 1281: ...s Use the no form of this command to delete the DHCP server VLAN from the DHCP Relay Specifying multiple VLAN IDs and or a range of VLAN IDs on the same command line is allowed Use a hyphen to indicat...

Page 1282: ...the DHCP Relay forwarding option to process only DHCP packets received from a specific identified VLAN show ip helper Displays current DHCP Relay configuration information show ip helper stats Display...

Page 1283: ...iSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines To process DHCP packets on a per VLAN basis use the ip helper per vlan only command Examples ip helper standard Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Relat...

Page 1284: ...er vlan only forwarding option requires you to specify a DHCP server IP address for each VLAN that will provide a relay service The ip helper address vlan command performs this function and at the sam...

Page 1285: ...DHCP Relay Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 32 9 MIB Objects iphelperStatTable iphelperForwOption...

Page 1286: ...Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The time specified applies to all defined IP helper addresses If a packet contains an elapsed boot time value that is less than the specified forward delay t...

Page 1287: ...DHCP Relay Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 32 11 MIB Objects iphelperStatTable iphelperForwDelay...

Page 1288: ...he hops value DHCP Relay discards the packet The maximum hops value only applies to DHCP Relay and is ignored by other services Examples ip helper maximum hops 1 ip helper maximum hops 10 Release Hist...

Page 1289: ...DHCP Relay Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 32 13 MIB Objects iphelperStatTable iphelperMaxHops...

Page 1290: ...sis When the DHCP Option 82 feature is enabled DHCP Snooping is not available These two features are mutually exclusive When the relay agent receives a DHCP packet that already contains the Option 82...

Page 1291: ...DHCP Relay Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 32 15 MIB Objects iphelperAgentInformation...

Page 1292: ...82 field are dropped Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The policy configured with this command is only applied if the DHCP Option 82 feature is enabled for the switch The agent info...

Page 1293: ...mation Enables the insertion of relay agent information Option 82 into DHCP packets show ip helper Displays current DHCP Relay configuration information show ip helper stats Displays DHCP Relay statis...

Page 1294: ...ault PXE support is disabled for the switch Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines PXE support was enabled by default in previous releases Note that PXE is currently disabled by default...

Page 1295: ...e g Option 82 data insertion DHCP Snooping are also effected on all DHCP broadcast traffic regardless of the VLAN in which the traffic originated Enabling traffic suppression requires the configuratio...

Page 1296: ...ated Commands MIB Objects iphelperTrafficSuppressionStatus ip helper dhcp snooping Enables or disables DHCP Snooping for the switch ip helper dhcp snooping vlan Enables or disables DHCP Snooping on a...

Page 1297: ...wo features are mutually exclusive If the DHCP Snooping feature is globally enabled for the switch then configuring snooping on a per VLAN basis is not allowed The opposite is also true invoking VLAN...

Page 1298: ...ms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines When DHCP Snooping is enabled at the switch level MAC address verification and Option 82 data insertion are enabled by default In addition the trust mode...

Page 1299: ...led by default In addition the trust mode for all ports is set to the DHCP client only mode Using this command to change the operational status for Option 82 data insertion is only allowed when DHCP S...

Page 1300: ...DHCP Relay Commands page 32 24 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects iphelperDhcpSnoopingOpt82DataInsertionStatus...

Page 1301: ...it ID and Remote ID fields When entering a string for user defined Option 82 information quotes are required around ambiguous characters such as hex characters spaces etc so they are interpreted as te...

Page 1302: ...ion82FormatType iphelperDhcpSnoopingOption82StringValeu ip helper dhcp snooping option 82 data insertion Globally enables or disables DHCP Option 82 data insertion for DHCP packets ip helper dhcp snoo...

Page 1303: ...f they contain the Option 82 field If this field is present the DHCP packet is discarded When this feature is enabled DHCP packets ingressing on untrusted ports are not checked to see if they contain...

Page 1304: ...ure is enabled for the specified VLAN the follow ing default parameter values apply Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to disable DHCP Snooping for th...

Page 1305: ...s MIB Objects iphelperDhcpSnoopingVlanTable iphelperDhcpSnoopingVlanNumber iphelperDhcpSnoopingVlanMacVerificationStatus iphelperDhcpSnoopingVlanOpt82DataInsertionStatus ip helper dhcp snooping Global...

Page 1306: ...as if DHCP Snooping was not enabled Defaults By default the trust mode for a port is set to client only when the DHCP Snooping feature is enabled for the switch or for a VLAN Platforms Supported Omni...

Page 1307: ...ted Commands MIB Objects iphelperDhcpSnoopingPortTable iphelperDhcpSnoopingPortIfIndex iphelperDhcpSnoopingPortTrustMode ip helper dhcp snooping Globally enables or disables DHCP Snooping for the swit...

Page 1308: ...hyphen to specify a range of ports e g 3 1 16 enable Enables traffic suppression for the specified port disable Disables traffic suppression for the specified port Defaults By default traffic suppress...

Page 1309: ...ingPortIpTrafficSuppression ip helper dhcp snooping Globally enables or disables DHCP Snooping for the switch ip helper dhcp snooping vlan Enables or disables DHCP Snooping on a per VLAN basis ip help...

Page 1310: ...latforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines IP source filtering applies only to ports that are associated with a VLAN that has DHCP Snooping enabled or to all ports when DHCP Snooping is globa...

Page 1311: ...opingPortIpSourceFiltering ip helper dhcp snooping Globally enables or disables DHCP Snooping for the switch ip helper dhcp snooping vlan Enables or disables DHCP Snooping on a per VLAN basis ip helpe...

Page 1312: ...dress that the DHCP server offered to the client time The IP address lease time assigned by the DHCP server vlan_id The VLAN identification number 1 4094 of the VLAN to which the client belongs Defaul...

Page 1313: ...Related Commands MIB Objects iphelperDhcpSnoopingBindingStatus iphelperDhcpSnoopingBindingTable iphelperDhcpSnoopingBindingMacAddress iphelperDhcpSnoopingBindingIfIndex iphelperDhcpSnoopingBindingIpA...

Page 1314: ...only valid if the DHCP Snooping binding table functionality is enabled The contents of the binding table is saved to the dhcpBinding db file in the flash switch directory The dhcpBinding db file is t...

Page 1315: ...set to 300 seconds Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The DHCP Snooping binding table is maintained in the switch memory Binding table entries are saved on a periodic basis to the dh...

Page 1316: ...tency is disabled Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines With this option disabled the entry will be removed if the MAC address is missing from the MAC address table when the database is...

Page 1317: ...disable Syntax Definitions enable Enables automatic IP address configuration for default VLAN 1 disable Disables automatic IP address configuration for default VLAN 1 Defaults By default this feature...

Page 1318: ...e ip helper boot up enable BOOTP DHCP Syntax Definitions BOOTP Broadcasts a BOOTP formatted request packet DHCP Broadcasts a DHCP formatted request packet Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250...

Page 1319: ...string description up to 30 characters Defaults By default relay is enabled on the BOOTP DHCP well known ports Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to...

Page 1320: ...If port relay is enabled for the NBDD well known port NBNS is not automatically enabled by default Specify NBNS NBDD to enable relay for both well known ports Note that when UDP port relay is enabled...

Page 1321: ...that uniquely identifies an individual VLAN Use a hyphen to specify a range of VLANs e g 1 5 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remov...

Page 1322: ...Reference Guide November 2009 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects iphelperxPortServiceAssociationTable iphelperxPortServiceAssociationService ip udp rela...

Page 1323: ...gent information Option 82 feature is disabled show ip helper Ip helper Forward Delay seconds 3 Max number of hops 4 Relay Agent Information Disabled DHCP Snooping Status Switch Level Enabled Option 8...

Page 1324: ...rwarding option setting standard Configured through the ip helper standard command Relay Agent Information Indicates the status Enabled or Disabled of the DHCP relay agent information option Option 82...

Page 1325: ...ed Database Sync Timeout The amount of time in seconds that the switch waits between each synchronization of the DHCP snooping binding table with the dhcpBinding db file default is 300 seconds Configu...

Page 1326: ...ingOption82FormatType iphelperDhcpSnoopingOption82StringValue iphelperDhcpSnoopingBindingStatus iphelperDhcpSnoopingBindingDatabaseSyncTimeout iphelperDhcpSnoopingBindingDatabaseLastSyncTime iphelperD...

Page 1327: ...the number of packets received from a client and the number transmitted to the server show ip helper stats ip helper no stats Syntax Definitions N A Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Us...

Page 1328: ...ption 82 DHCP packet contains a zero gateway IP address giaddr and the relay agent infor mation policy is set to Drop or a DHCP packet has no Option 82 field and contains a non zero giaddr Invalid Gat...

Page 1329: ...of DHCP Snooping at the switch level Examples show ip helper dhcp snooping vlan VLAN Opt82 MAC Addr ID Insertion Verification 50 Enabled Enabled 60 Enabled Enabled 100 Disabled Enabled 200 Enabled Dis...

Page 1330: ...iphelperDhcpSnoopingVlanNumber iphelperDhcpSnoopingVlanMacVerificationStatus iphelperDhcpSnoopingVlanOpt82DataInsertionStatus show ip helper Displays current DHCP Relay configuration information show...

Page 1331: ...N is displayed The violation statistics displayed only apply to ports that are in the client only trust mode When the trust mode for a port is changed from client only to trusted or blocked the violat...

Page 1332: ...ping port com mand IP Src Filtering Indicates whether or not IP source filtering is enabled for the port Enabled or Disabled Configured through the ip helper dhcp snoop ing port ip source filtering co...

Page 1333: ...cp snooping binding MAC Slot IP Lease VLAN Binding Address Port Address Time ID Type 00 ae 22 e4 00 08 1 4 10 255 11 23 2000 5 Dynamic 10 fe a2 e4 32 08 2 15 10 255 91 53 2000 2 Dynamic Release Histor...

Page 1334: ...ndingIfIndex iphelperDhcpSnoopingBindingIpAddress iphelperDhcpSnoopingBindingLeaseTime iphelperDhcpSnoopingBindingVlan iphelperDhcpSnoopingBindingType show ip helper Displays current DHCP Relay config...

Page 1335: ...65 TFTP TFTP well known port 69 NTP NTP well known port 123 port A user specified port that is not a well known port Defaults By default the configuration for all UDP services is shown Platforms Supp...

Page 1336: ...iphelperxPropertiesPort iphelperxPropertiesName output definitions Service The UDP service number 1 through 7 for well known service ports and 8 and above for user defined service ports Port s The UDP...

Page 1337: ...NBNS NBDD well known ports 137 138 DNS DNS well known port 53 TACACS TACACS well known port 65 TFTP TFTP well known port 69 NTP NTP well known port 123 port A user specified port that is not a well k...

Page 1338: ...tatRxFromClient output definitions Service The active UDP service name VLAN The VLAN assigned to the UDP service port that will forward traffic destined for that port Use the ip udp relay vlan command...

Page 1339: ...ll known port 65 TFTP TFTP well known port 69 NTP NTP well known port 123 port A user specified port that is not a well known port Defaults By default the forwarding VLAN assignments for all UDP servi...

Page 1340: ...ble iphelperxPropertiesName iphelperxPropertiesPort output definitions Service The active UDP service name Port The UDP service port number VLANs The VLAN assigned to the UDP service port that will fo...

Page 1341: ...le and MD5 authentication on an interface basis for RIPv2 The RIP commands comply with the following RFCs RFC1058 RFC2453 RFC1722 RFC1723 and RFC1724 MIB information for the RIP commands is as follows...

Page 1342: ...to save switch resources To remove RIP from switch memory you must manually edit the boot cfg file The boot cfg file is an ASCII text based file that controls many of the switch parameters Open the fi...

Page 1343: ...on the switch disable Disables RIP routing on the switch Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines RIP must be loaded on the switch ip load rip to enable RIP on the switch A RIP n...

Page 1344: ...ame of the interface Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines By default a RIP interface is created in the disabled state To enable RIP routing on the interface you must enabl...

Page 1345: ...p2IfConfAddress rip2IfConfStatus ip interface Creates a VLAN router interface ip load rip Loads RIP into memory When the switch is initially configured you must load RIP into memory before it can be e...

Page 1346: ...ce Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines You must first create a RIP interface by using the ip rip interface command before enabling the inter face You can create a RIP interfa...

Page 1347: ...e rip2IfConfAddress rip2IfConfStatus ip interface Creates a VLAN router interface ip load rip Loads RIP into memory When the switch is initially configured you must load RIP into memory before it can...

Page 1348: ...rip interface interface_name metric value Syntax Definitions interface_name The name of the interface value Metric value Valid range is 1 15 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelin...

Page 1349: ...ill be sent by the interface v1compatible Only RIPv2 broadcast packets not multicast will be sent by the inter face v2 Only RIPv2 packets will be sent by the interface Defaults Platforms Supported Omn...

Page 1350: ...e 33 10 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects rip2IfConfTable rip2IfConfAddress rip2IfConfSend ip rip interface recv version Configures the receive option for...

Page 1351: ...IPv2 packets will be received by the interface both Both RIPv1 and RIPv2 packets will be received by the interface none Interface ignores any RIP packets received Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwit...

Page 1352: ...e 33 12 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects rip2IfConfTable rip2IfConfAddress rip2IfConfReceive ip rip interface send version Configures the send option for...

Page 1353: ...re received ip rip force holddowntimer seconds Syntax Definitions seconds The forced hold down time interval in seconds The valid range is 0 120 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guid...

Page 1354: ...14 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaProtocolRip alaRipForceHolddownTimer show ip rip Displays the RIP status and general configuration parameters e g f...

Page 1355: ...Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to prevent RIP from adding host routes to the RIP table When enabled RIPv1 will interpret an incoming route announcement tha...

Page 1356: ...s value Route tag value Valid range is 0 2147483647 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Only RIPv2 supports route tags Examples ip rip route tag 0 Release History Release 6 6...

Page 1357: ...s interface_name The name of the interface none No authentication will be used simple Simple authentication will be used md5 MD5 authentication will be used Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 625...

Page 1358: ...rface_name The name of the interface string 16 byte text string Defaults The default authentication string is a null string Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Regardless of which aut...

Page 1359: ...conds The valid range is 1 120 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The update interval value must be less than or equal to one third the invalid interval value Examples ip ri...

Page 1360: ...ax Definition seconds The RIP invalid timer value in seconds The valid range is 3 360 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The invalid time interval value must be three times...

Page 1361: ...bage timer value in seconds The valid range is 0 180 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines During the RIP garbage interval the router advertises the route with a metric of INFI...

Page 1362: ...120 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines When RIP detects a route with higher metric than the route in the RIB the route with the higher metric goes into the hold down state...

Page 1363: ...old Down Timer 0 output definitions Status RIP status Enabled or Disabled Number of routes Number of network routes in the RIP routing table Host Route Support Host route status Enabled or Disabled In...

Page 1364: ...les disables RIP routing on the switch ip rip force holddowntimer Configures the interval during which a RIP route remains in the forced hold down state ip rip update interval Configures the time inte...

Page 1365: ...mmand syntax show ip rip routes To view a specific route enter the destination IP address and mask Examples show ip rip routes Legends State A Active H Holddown G Garbage Destination Gateway State Met...

Page 1366: ...ount the number of hops from this switch to the destination switch Proto The type of route Local Rip or Redist output definitions Destination Destination network IP address Mask length Length of the d...

Page 1367: ...ed Related Commands MIB Objects alaRipEcmpRouteTable alaRipEcmpRouteDest alaRipEcmpRouteMask alaRipEcmpRouteNextHop alaRipEcmpRouteType alaRipEcmpMetric alaRipEcmpStatus alaRipEcmpAge alaRipEcmpTag al...

Page 1368: ...1 IP Interface Number VLANId 4 Interface Admin status enabled IP Interface Status enabled Interface Config AuthType None Interface Config AuthKey Length 0 Interface Config Send Version v2 Interface C...

Page 1369: ...authentication key length used for the RIP interface Interface Config Send Version Interface send option none v1 v2 and v1 compatible Default is v2 Interface Config Receive Ver sion Interface receive...

Page 1370: ...Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show ip rip peer Total Bad Bad xxxxxxxxxxxxSecs since IP Address Recvd Packets Routes Version last update 100 10 10 1 1 0 0 2 3 Relea...

Page 1371: ...ovember 2009 page 33 31 Related Commands MIB Objects rip2PeerTable rip2PeerAddress rip2PeerDomain rip2PeerLastUpdate rip2PeerVersion rip2PeerRcvBadPackets rip2PeerRcvBadRoutes show ip rip interface Di...

Page 1372: ...RIP Commands page 33 32 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 1373: ...port You can connect an RMON probe or network analysis device to the mirroring port to see an exact duplication of traffic on the mirrored port without disrupting network traffic to and from the mirr...

Page 1374: ...number you want to configure port Port number of the interface you want to configure port2 Last port number in a range of ports you want to configure slot port port2 Configures multiple source ports...

Page 1375: ...command to define the mirrored port and enable port mirroring status the port mirroring command must be used to enable the port mirroring session By default the mirroring port is subject to Spanning...

Page 1376: ...elated Commands MIB Objects mirrorTable mirrorMirroringIfindex mirrorDirection mirrorStatus mirrorUnblockedVLAN mirrorTaggedVLAN port mirroring Enables disables or deletes a port mirroring session sho...

Page 1377: ...es port mirroring no Optional syntax Deletes a previously configured port mirroring session Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to delete a po...

Page 1378: ...jects mirrorTable mirrorMirroringIfindex mirrorStatus port mirroring source destination Defines a port to mirror and the port that is to receive data from the mirrored port and enables or disables por...

Page 1379: ...cify a size of 49152 bytes The file size can be up to 160 K 163840 bytes no file Specifies that no file will be created for the monitoring session on Specifies that any existing port monitoring file i...

Page 1380: ...d pmonitor enc is created in the flash directory when you configure and enable a port monitoring session Use the file option to create a user specified file By default more recent frames will overwrit...

Page 1381: ...oring session pause Pauses the port monitoring session resumes Resumes the port monitoring session Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to...

Page 1382: ...locked Config Oper Destination Direction Vlan Status Status 6 1 41 NONE Enable Off Mirror Source 6 1 20 bidirectional Enable Off 6 1 21 bidirectional Enable Off 6 1 22 bidirectional Enable Off 6 1 23...

Page 1383: ...rroring session identifier Mirror Destination The location of the mirrored port Mirror Direction The direction of the mirroring or mirrored port which can be bidirectional the default inport or outpor...

Page 1384: ...rt monitoring status Session Monitor Monitor Overwrite Operating Admin slot port Direction Status Status 1 1 9 Bidirectional ON ON ON Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output defini...

Page 1385: ...mands MIB Objects monitorTable monitorSessionNumber monitorIfindex monitorStatus monitorFileOverWrite monitorDirection port monitoring source Configures a port monitoring session port monitoring Disab...

Page 1386: ...4A 40 00 00 20 DA A3 89 F6 08 00 20 95 F3 89 UDP 08 00 45 00 00 6B CF 89 40 00 00 20 DA BF 5B 76 08 00 20 95 F3 89 UDP 08 00 45 00 00 6B CF 85 40 00 00 20 DA A3 89 F6 08 00 20 95 F3 89 UDP 08 00 45 0...

Page 1387: ...Related Commands MIB Objects monitorTable monitorSessionNumber monitorIfindex monitorTrafficType port monitoring source Configures a port monitoring session port monitoring Disables pauses resumes or...

Page 1388: ...Port Mirroring and Monitoring Commands page 34 16 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 1389: ...compliant with RFC 2819 Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base but does not support RMON 10 group or RMON 2 This chapter includes descriptions of RMON commands used to enable or disabl...

Page 1390: ...r in the list of probes optional enable Enables the RMON probe disable Disables the RMON probe Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Network activity on subnetworks attache...

Page 1391: ...Related Commands MIB Objects ETHERSTATSTABLE etherStatsStatus HISTORYCONTROLTABLE historyControlStatus ALARMTABLE alarmStatus show rmon probes Displays a list of RMON probes or a single RMON probe sho...

Page 1392: ...ation Entry number Slot Port Flavor whether the probe type is Ethernet History or Alarm Status Active or Inactive Duration time since the last change in status in hours minutes and System Resources th...

Page 1393: ...System Resources bytes 275 show rmon probes history 10325 Probe s Owner Analyzer p 128 251 18 166 on Slot 4 Port 5 History Control Buckets Requested 2 History Control Buckets Granted 2 History Control...

Page 1394: ...The Slot Port number interface that this probe is monitoring Entry The Entry number in the list of probes Flavor Whether the probe type is Ethernet History or Alarm Status The status of the probe Cre...

Page 1395: ...event number in the command line The show rmon events command displays the following information for all RMON Logged Events Entry number Time hours minutes seconds since the last change in status and...

Page 1396: ...B Objects EVENTTABLE eventIndex output definitions Entry The entry number in the list of probes Time Time hours minutes and seconds since the last change in status Description Description of the Alarm...

Page 1397: ...nt values for each resource being monitored Users specify resource threshold limits and traps are sent to an NMS if a value falls above or below a user specified threshold The Health Monitoring comman...

Page 1398: ...threshold value in percent for the corresponding resource i e rx txrx memory cpu 0 100 temperature Specifies the temperature threshold for the chassis degrees The new threshold value in Celsius for t...

Page 1399: ...95 health threshold cpu 85 health threshold temperature 40 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects HealthThreshInfo healthThreshDeviceRxLimit healthThreshDev...

Page 1400: ...hresholds health interval seconds Syntax Definitions seconds Sampling interval in seconds Valid entries are 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 12 15 20 30 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Dec...

Page 1401: ...tions N A Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command clears statistics for the entire switch You cannot clear statistics for a module or port only Examples health s...

Page 1402: ...hreshold temperature Displays the current chassis temperature threshold Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Unless a specific resource type i e rx txrx memory cpu or temp...

Page 1403: ...tage of total bandwidth allowed for all incoming and outgoing traffic As with the RX threshold described above the total bandwidth is defined as the Ethernet port capacity for all the NI modules curre...

Page 1404: ...6250 Usage Guidelines Use the health interval command to set the sampling interval Examples show health interval Sampling Interval 5 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Comma...

Page 1405: ...on as the show health command Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If no slot port information is specified the aggregate health statistics for all ports is displayed Use...

Page 1406: ...by the switch Memory Switch memory CPU Switch CPU Temperature Cmm CMM Chassis Temperature Temperature Cmm Cpu CMM CPU Temperature Limit Currently configured device threshold levels percentage of tota...

Page 1407: ...s the CPU health statistics for all active NI modules rx Displays the health statistics for traffic received on all active NI modules txrx Displays the health statistics for traffic both transmitted a...

Page 1408: ...lumn header Limit Current usage threshold for the specified resource type on the corre sponding slot in percent The usage threshold refers to the maximum amount of the resource s total bandwidth that...

Page 1409: ...ealth slice slot Syntax Definitions slot A specific physical slot number for which slice statistics are to be displayed e g 3 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Exam...

Page 1410: ...Health Monitoring Commands page 36 14 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects healthSliceTable healthSliceSlot healthSliceSlice healthSliceMemoryLatest healthSliceCpuLatest...

Page 1411: ...age Guidelines N A Examples show health fabric 3 current value exceeds threshold Slot 03 1 Min 1 Hr 1 Hr Fabric Limit Curr Avg Avg Max Receive Primary 80 00 00 00 00 Secondary 80 00 00 00 00 Transmit...

Page 1412: ...althFabricPrimaryRxTx1HrAvg healthFabricPrimaryRxTx1HrMax healthFabricSecondaryRxLatest healthFabricSecondaryRx1MinAvg healthFabricSecondaryRx1HrAvg healthFabricSecondaryRx1HrMax healthFabricSecondary...

Page 1413: ...er optimization Capacity planning sFlow is a sampling technology embedded within switches routers It provides the ability to monitor the traffic flows It requires an sFlow agent software process runni...

Page 1414: ...7 2 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 A summary of the available commands is listed here sflow receiver sflow sampler sflow poller show sflow agent show sflow receiver show sflow sampl...

Page 1415: ...num sflow receiver receiver_index release Syntax Definitions num Specifies the receiver index string Specifies the name seconds forever Specifies the timeout value ip_address ipv6address Specifies th...

Page 1416: ...tory Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects sFlowRcvrTable sFlowRcvrIndex sFlowRcvrOwner sFlowRcvrTimeout sFlowRcvrMaximumDatagramSize sFlowRcvrAddressType sFlowRcvrAddress...

Page 1417: ...ace index range receiver_index Specifies the receiver index value Specifies the rate value for packet sampling size Specifies the maximum number of bytes size that can be copied from a sampled packet...

Page 1418: ...tch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects sFlowFsTable sFlowFsDataSource sFlowFsInstance sFlowFsReceiver sFlowFsPacketSamplingRate sFlowFsMaximumHeaderSize show sflow sam...

Page 1419: ...ortlist Specifies the interface index range receiver_index Specifies the receiver index value Specifies the maximum number of seconds between successive samples interval value Defaults Platforms Suppo...

Page 1420: ...sFlow Commands page 37 8 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects sFlowCpTable sFlowCpDataSource sFlowCpInstance sFlowCpReceiver sFlowCpInterval...

Page 1421: ...unicate using the new agent IP address Normally the primary IP address could change depending on the IP interface going up down Therefore the sFlow agent always needs to send a fixed IP address in the...

Page 1422: ...sFlow Commands page 37 10 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects sFlowAgent sFlowVersion sFlowAgentAddressType sFlowAgentAddress...

Page 1423: ...1 Name Golden Address IP_V4 198 206 181 3 UDP Port 6343 Timeout 65535 Packet Size 1400 DatagramVer 5 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions Name Name of the entry to...

Page 1424: ...mmands page 37 12 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects sFlowRcvrTable sFlowRcvrIndex sflow receiver Sets the destination hosts where the sFlow datagrams are s...

Page 1425: ...ance Interface Receiver Sample rate Sample hdr size 1 2 1 1 2048 128 1 2 2 1 2048 128 1 2 3 1 2048 128 1 2 4 1 2048 128 1 2 5 1 2048 128 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output def...

Page 1426: ...sFlow Commands page 37 14 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects sFlowFsTable sFlowFsInstance sflow sampler Gets hardware sampled from Q dispatcher...

Page 1427: ...lines N A Examples show sflow poller Instance Interface Receiver Interval 1 2 6 1 30 1 2 7 1 30 1 2 8 1 30 1 2 9 1 30 1 2 10 1 30 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definition...

Page 1428: ...sFlow Commands page 37 16 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects sFlowCpTable sFlowCpInstance sflow poller Gets counter samples...

Page 1429: ...configure QoS policy rules MIB information for the QoS commands is as follows Filename alcatelIND1Qos mib Module ALCATEL IND1 QoS MIB Important Note Some of the commands listed here are not currently...

Page 1430: ...Port and Slice commands qos port qos port reset qos port trusted qos port servicing mode qos port q maxbw qos port maximum egress bandwidth qos port maximum ingress bandwidth qos port default 802 1p...

Page 1431: ...drop stats interval seconds user port filter shutdown spoof bpdu rip Syntax Definitions enable Enables QoS The QoS software in the switch classifies flows coming into the switch to attempt to match th...

Page 1432: ...igApliedFlowTimeout alaQoSConfigFragmentTimeout alaQoSConfigAppliedFragmentTimeout alaQoSConfigReflexiveTimeout alaQoSConfigAppliedReflexiveTimeout alaQoSConfigNatTimeout alaQoSConfigAppliedNatTimeout...

Page 1433: ...default 802 1Q tagged ports and mobile ports are trusted any other port is untrusted by default Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the qos ports trusted command to override the d...

Page 1434: ...er 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSConfigTable alaQoSConfigTrustedPorts qos port Configures a physical port for QoS qos port trusted Configures whether or not a particular port is trusted or u...

Page 1435: ...s Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Each queue can have a different weight value and configuring these values in ascending or descending order is not required When a queue is given a weight o...

Page 1436: ...ConfigServicingMode alaQoSConfigLowPriorityWeight alaQoSConfigMediumPriorityWeight alaQoSConfigHighPriorityWeight alaQoSConfigUrgentPriorityWeight qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings...

Page 1437: ...faults By default logged events are not sent to the policy server software in the switch Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines An NMS application may query the Policy Manager in the swi...

Page 1438: ...g utility by default Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines To display QoS log events as they happen on an output console attached to the switch configure the switch logging utility to o...

Page 1439: ...n off logging enter 0 for the number of log lines Note that error messages will still be logged If you change the number of log lines you may clear all messages in the QoS log To avoid clearing all me...

Page 1440: ...s debug command to change the type of debugging messages that are logged The qos log level command configures the level of detail for these messages If the qos debug command is not configured to log a...

Page 1441: ...e 38 13 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSConfigTable alaQoSConfigLogLevel qos log lines Configures the number of lines in the QoS log debug qos Configures the type of QoS events that will be display...

Page 1442: ...flow is silently dropped Defaults By default the disposition for flows that do match any policies is accept Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The disposition for particular flows m...

Page 1443: ...ce Guide November 2009 page 38 15 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSConfigTable alaQoSConfigDefaultBridgedDisposition alaQoSConfigAppliedDefaultBridgedDisposition policy action disposition Configures...

Page 1444: ...ntly this option will provide the same result as drop that is the flow is silently dropped Defaults By default multicast flows that do not match policies are accepted on the switch Platforms Supported...

Page 1445: ...e range is 10 3600 Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Change the statistics interval to a smaller interval if you want to monitor QoS events Change the statistics interval t...

Page 1446: ...l interfaces is not prioritized The precedence of an active IP interface is determined by the value of the SNMP interface index ifin dex which was assigned to the interface when it was created The low...

Page 1447: ...QoS Commands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 38 19 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSConfigTable alaQoSConfigAutoNms show qos config Displays the QoS configuration for the switch...

Page 1448: ...is identified by examining the source MAC address of the packet received on the port If the source MAC falls within one of the following ranges the QoS IP phone priority is automatically assigned to t...

Page 1449: ...QoS Commands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 38 21 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSConfigTable alaQoSConfigAutoPhones show qos config Displays the QoS configuration for the switch...

Page 1450: ...onventional Spanning Tree BPDU destination MAC address 0x0180c2 000000 packets and GVRP destination MAC address 0x0180c2 000021 packets rip Filters RIP protocol packets dhcp server Filters response pa...

Page 1451: ...and to administratively enable the port or disconnect and reconnect the port cable Up to 126 IP interfaces are supported with spoof detection on user ports If the number of interfaces exceeds this amo...

Page 1452: ...3 QoS events on the switch nat Logs events for Network Address Translation policies Not supported for the OmniSwitch 6624 6648 port Logs events related to QoS ports msg Logs QoS messages classifier L...

Page 1453: ...lways logged Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to change the type of messages that will be logged or to return debugging to its default state Use thi...

Page 1454: ...l3tree Displays information about Layer 3 flows vector Displays information about vectors pending Displays information about pending QoS objects verbose Sets the output to verbose mode for more detail...

Page 1455: ...debug qos internal verbose log Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects N A debug qos Configures the type of QoS events that will be displayed in the QoS log...

Page 1456: ...e is easier to view Logs can get large if invalid rules are configured on the switch or if a lot of QoS events have taken place Clear ing the log makes the file easier to manage Examples qos clear log...

Page 1457: ...is the only command that causes current changes to be written to flash Rules are configured through the policy rule command but are not active on the switch until you enter qos apply Examples qos app...

Page 1458: ...remove currently configured policies that have not yet been activated through the qos apply command Examples qos revert Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objec...

Page 1459: ...then enter qos apply the erased configuration overwrites the applied policies and you will erase all of your policy configuration Note Do not use this command unless you want to erase all of your poli...

Page 1460: ...lush qos revert Deletes any QoS configuration that has not been applied to the configu ration through the qos apply command qos apply Applies configured global QoS and policy settings to the current c...

Page 1461: ...guration that has not yet been applied through the qos apply command The parameters are reset to their defaults Examples qos reset Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands...

Page 1462: ...ms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to reset global QoS statistics to zero Statistics may be displayed with the show qos statistics command Examples qos stats reset Release...

Page 1463: ...ical slot and port number For example 3 1 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The QoS port configuration parameters that are reset include Examples qos port 3 1 reset Rel...

Page 1464: ...to remove the parameter or return it to its default qos port slot port servicing mode trusted maximum bandwidth default 802 1p value default dscp value default classification 802 1p tos dscp Syntax D...

Page 1465: ...QoSPortAppliedDefaultClassification alaQoSPortLowPriorityWeight alaQoSPortAppliedLowPriorityWeight alaQoSPortMediumPriorityWeight alaQoSPortAppliedMediumPriorityWeight alaQoSPortHighPriorityWeight ala...

Page 1466: ...QoS ports are not trusted Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the qos trust ports command to set the default trust mode for all QoS ports The qos port trusted command may be used...

Page 1467: ...MIB Objects alaQoSPortTable alaQoSPortTrusted qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration qos port Configures a physical port for QoS qos trust ports Configures t...

Page 1468: ...R or DRR is the active queuing scheme The range is 0 to 15 default Selects the switch default servicing mode for the port The default mode is configured using the qos default servicing mode command De...

Page 1469: ...ing mode priority wrr 0 10 0 9 0 0 2 3 qos port 3 4 servicing mode drr 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 qos port 3 2 servicing mode default Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands...

Page 1470: ...0g or 10t If the value is entered in bits per second the switch rounds the value up to the nearest thousand Defaults By default the maximum bandwidth value for each queue is set to zero port speed Pla...

Page 1471: ...laQoSPortCOS2MaximumBandwidth alaQoSPortCOS3MaximumBandwidth alaQoSPortCOS4MaximumBandwidth alaQoSPortCOS5MaximumBandwidth alaQoSPortCOS6MaximumBandwidth alaQoSPortCOS7MaximumBandwidth qos apply Appli...

Page 1472: ...andwidth is the maximum allowed for the interface type on which the port resides Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a configured maximum egr...

Page 1473: ...Port alaQoSPortMaximumBandwidth alaQoSPortMaximumBandwidthStatus qos port maximum egress bandwidth Configures the rate at which traffic is received on a QoS port qos apply Applies configured QoS and p...

Page 1474: ...s Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a configured maximum ingress bandwidth value from a port The maximum ingress bandwidth value cannot exceed the ma...

Page 1475: ...QoS Commands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 38 47 MIB Objects alaQoSPortTable alaQoSPortSlot alaQoSPortPort alaQoSPortMaximumIngBandwidth alaQoSPortMaximumIngBandwidthStatus...

Page 1476: ...802 1p value should be applied to the flow The default 802 1p value is not used if there is a matching QoS policy rule that sets the priority Note that on the 802 1p bit for tagged packets received o...

Page 1477: ...QoS Commands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 38 49 MIB Objects alaQoSPortTable alaQoSPortDefault8021p alaQoSAppliedPortDefault8021p...

Page 1478: ...command sets the upper byte precedence and therefore configures the ToS DSCP value for the port The default DSCP value is not used if there is a matching QoS policy rule that sets the priority Note th...

Page 1479: ...lated Commands MIB Objects alaQoSPortTable alaQoSPortDefaultDSCP alaQoSAppliedPortDefaultDSCP qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration qos port Configures a ph...

Page 1480: ...e port Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The egress priority assigned to an IP packet received on a trusted port is based on the DSCP value of the packet unless 802 1p is s...

Page 1481: ...e 38 53 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSPortTable alaQoSPortDefaultClassification qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration qos port Configures a physical po...

Page 1482: ...CP Deflt Tot Physical Max Reserved Clsfy Type 4 1 No Yes No 0 0 8 0 0K phy ethernet 4 2 No Yes No 0 0 8 0 0K phy ethernet 4 3 No Yes No 0 0 8 0 0K phy ethernet 4 4 No Yes No 0 0 8 0 0K phy ethernet 4...

Page 1483: ...er or not the interface supports QoS Act Whether or not the port is sending receiving QoS traffic Enabled Whether or not the port is enabled for QoS Trust Whether the port is trusted or not trusted De...

Page 1484: ...102 6 6 PRI Default 4 7 102 7 7 PRI Default output definitions Slot Port The physical slot port numbers associated with the queue VPN The virtual port number associated with the queue Q No The queue n...

Page 1485: ...ion on the port Flood Set up for flooded or broadcast traffic Best Effort Set up for traffic that does not match a condition on the VPN QOS Created by the switch because the traffic matched a condi ti...

Page 1486: ...alaQoSQueuePortId alaQoSQueueType alaQoSQueuePriority alaQoSQueueMinimumBandwidth alaQoSQueueMaximumBandwidth alaQoSQueueAverageBandwidth alaQoSQueueMaximumDepth alaQoSQueueMaximumBuffers alaQoSQueue...

Page 1487: ...unless a particular slot slice is requested This command is useful for monitoring switch resources required for policy rules Examples show qos slice Slot Ranges Rules Counters Meters Slice Type Total...

Page 1488: ...r of rules that are still available for use On startup the switch uses 27 rules Counters Total The total number of counters supported per CAM Counter Free The number of counters that are still availab...

Page 1489: ...Log Insert rule 0 Rule index at 0 Insert rule 1 Rule index at 1 Insert rule 2 Rule index at 2 Enable rule r1 1 1 1 Enable rule r2 0 1 1 Enable rule yuba1 2 1 1 Verify rule r1 1 Enable rule r1 1 1 1 Re...

Page 1490: ...CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects N A qos clear log Clears messages in the current QoS log qos log lines Configures t...

Page 1491: ...to view statistics about the QoS software in the switch Examples show qos config QoS Configuration Enabled Yes Pending changes None Classifier Default queues 8 Default queue service strict priority T...

Page 1492: ...ion command Default IGMP MLD disposi tion Whether or not multicast flows that do not match any policy will be accepted or denied on the switch Configured through the qos default multicast disposition...

Page 1493: ...efaultRoutedDisposition alaQoSConfigDefaultMulticastDisposition alaQoSConfigLogLines alaQoSConfigLogLevel alaQoSConfigLogConsole alaQoSConfigStatsInterval alaQosConfigUserportFilter alaQosConfigUserpo...

Page 1494: ...global parameters Examples show qos statistics QoS stats Events Matches Drops L2 15 0 0 L3 Inbound 0 0 0 L3 Outbound 0 0 0 IGMP Join 0 0 0 Fragments 0 Bad Fragments 0 Unknown Fragments 0 Sent NI messa...

Page 1495: ...e number of messages sent to network interfaces Received NI messages The number of messages received by network interfaces Failed NI messages The number of failed message attempts to network interface...

Page 1496: ...StatsL2matches alaQoSStatsL2Drops alaQoSStatsL3IngressEvents alaQoSStatsL3IngressMatches alaQoSStatsL3IngressDrops alaQoSStatsL3EgressEvents alaQoSStatsL3EgressMatches alaQoSStatsL3EgressDrops alaQoSS...

Page 1497: ...pter 38 QoS Commands for information about commands used to configure QoS software MIB information for the QoS policy commands is as follows Filename alcatelIND1Qos mib Module ALCATEL IND1 QoS MIB Imp...

Page 1498: ...ition icmpcode policy condition ip protocol policy condition ipv6 policy condition 802 1p policy condition tos policy condition dscp policy condition source mac policy condition destination mac policy...

Page 1499: ...on about valid condition action combinations Access Control Lists policy condition policy action disposition policy rule Traffic prioritization shaping policy action shared policy action priority poli...

Page 1500: ...precedence Typically the range 30000 65535 is reserved for PolicyView condition The condition name that is associated with this rule Conditions are configured through the policy condition command act...

Page 1501: ...same type that is Layer 2 source Layer 2 destination or Layer 3 are config ured with the same precedence the switch evaluates the rules in the order they were created Only one validity period is assoc...

Page 1502: ...the rule a trap is only sent when a port disable action or UserPort shutdown operation is triggered Examples policy rule rule2 precedence 65535 policy rule rule2 validity period vp01 no policy rule ru...

Page 1503: ...e alaQoSRulePacketCount alaQoSRuleByteCount alaQoSRuleExcessPacketCount alaQoSRuleExcessByteCount alaQoSAppliedRuleTable alaQoSAppliedRuleName alaQoSAppliedRuleEnabled alaQoSAppliedRuleSource alaQoSAp...

Page 1504: ...riod starts and the time of day the validity period ends e g 10 30 to 11 30 mm dd yyyy hh mm An interval of time in which a rule is in effect Specify a start and end to the interval period by entering...

Page 1505: ...service was created The cli and ldap options may be changed by a user modifying the ASCII file however changing this setting is not recommended The blt option indi cates a built in object this settin...

Page 1506: ...ur alaQoSValidityPeriodInterval alaQoSValidityPeriodIntervalStatus alaQoSValidityPeriodEndInterval alaQoSAppliedValidityPeriodTable alaQoSAppliedValidityPeriodName alaQoSAppliedValidityPeriodSource al...

Page 1507: ...ses may be configured for a network group Separate each address mask combination with a space net_mask2 Optional mask for the IPv4 address If no mask is entered the natural mask for the address will b...

Page 1508: ...NetworkGroupsSource alaQoSAppliedNetworkGroupsTable alaQoSAppliedNetworkGroupsName alaQoSAppliedNetworkGroupsSource alaQoSNetworkGroupTable alaQoSNetworkGroupIpAddr alaQoSNetworkGroupsIpMask alaQoSApp...

Page 1509: ...h you want to apply QoS rules Rather than create a condition for each service group services together Use the policy condition command to associate a condition with the service group Use the no form o...

Page 1510: ...oSAppliedServiceGroupsTable alaQoSAppliedServiceGroupsName alaQoSAppliedServiceGroupsSource alaQoSServiceGroupTable alaQoSServiceGroupServiceName alaQoSAppliedServiceGroupTable alaQoSAppliedServiceGro...

Page 1511: ...ditional MAC addresses may be configured for a MAC group Separate each address with a space mac_mask2 The mask of an additional MAC address used to identify which bytes in the MAC address are signific...

Page 1512: ...c_group1 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSMACGroupsTable alaQoSMACGroupsName alaQoSMACGroupsSource alaQoSAppliedMACGroupsTable alaQoSAppliedMACGr...

Page 1513: ...cy condition command to associate a condition with the port group Use the no form of the command to remove a port group from the configuration or to remove a slot port from a port group If a range of...

Page 1514: ...o 3 1 2 policy port group UserPorts 4 1 8 5 1 8 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSPortGroupsTable alaQoSPortGroupsName alaQoSPortGroupsSource alaQ...

Page 1515: ...di tional mapping pairs may be included Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a mapping pair or to remove the map group entirely T...

Page 1516: ...SMapGroupsSource alaQoSAppliedMapGroupsTable alaQoSAppliedMapGroupsName alaQoSAppliedMapGroupsSource alaQoSMapGroupTable alaQoSMapGroupKey alaQoSMapGroupKeyEnd alaQoSMapGroupValue alaQoSAppliedMapGrou...

Page 1517: ...port source tcp port port port destination tcp port port port source udp port port port destination udp port port port no policy service service_name Syntax Definitions service_name The name of the s...

Page 1518: ...s The following two commands show two different ways of configuring the same service policy service telnet2 protocol 6 destination ip port 23 policy service telnet3 destination tcp port 23 Release His...

Page 1519: ...urceUdpPort alaQoSServiceSourceUdpPortEnd alaQoSServiceDestinationUdpPort alaQoSServiceDestinationUdpPortEnd alaQoSAppliedServiceTable alaQoSAppliedServiceName alaQoSAppliedServiceSource alaQoSApplied...

Page 1520: ...example 22 23 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove a service from the configuration or to remove parameters from a particular serv...

Page 1521: ...rtEnd alaQoSAppliedServiceTable alaQoSAppliedServiceName alaQoSAppliedServiceSource alaQoSAppliedServiceIpProtocol alaQoSAppliedSourceIpPort alaQoSAppliedSourceIpPortEnd alaQoSAppliedServiceDestinatio...

Page 1522: ...policy service protocol command Use the no form of the command to remove a service from the configuration or to remove parameters from a particular service Note that at least one parameter must be ass...

Page 1523: ...iedServiceTable alaQoSAppliedServiceName alaQoSAppliedServiceSource alaQoSAppliedSourceTcpPort alaQoSAppliedSourceTcpPortEnd policy service group Configures a policy service group which is made up of...

Page 1524: ...50 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a service from the configuration or to remove parameters from a particular service This command is a shortcut for the policy service proto...

Page 1525: ...iceTable alaQoSAppliedServiceName alaQoSAppliedServiceSource alaQoSAppliedServiceDestinationTcpPort alaQoSAppliedServiceDestinationTcpPortEnd policy service group Configures a policy service group whi...

Page 1526: ...e the no form of the command to remove a service from the configuration or to remove parameters from a particular service Note that at least one parameter must be associated with a service Ports assoc...

Page 1527: ...iedServiceTable alaQoSAppliedServiceName alaQoSAppliedServiceSource alaQoSAppliedSourceUdpPort alaQoSAppliedSourceUdpPortEnd policy service group Configures a policy service group which is made up of...

Page 1528: ...250 Usage Guidelines This command is a shortcut for the policy service protocol command A policy service may be grouped in a policy group using the policy service group command A policy condition may...

Page 1529: ...iceTable alaQoSAppliedServiceName alaQoSAppliedServiceSource alaQoSAppliedServiceDestinationUdpPort alaQoSAppliedServiceDestinationUdpPortEnd policy service group Configures a policy service group whi...

Page 1530: ...ndition action tables in the OmniSwitch 6250 Network Configuration Guide policy condition condition_name source ip ip_address mask netmask source ipv6 any ipv6_address mask netmask destination ip ip_a...

Page 1531: ...fic flow must match all of the parame ters in the condition before the rule is enforced Use the no form of the command to remove a condition from a policy rule At least one parameter must be associate...

Page 1532: ...onditionSourceNetworkGroup alaQoSConditionDestinationIpAddr alaQoSConditionDestinationIpMask alaQoSConditionDestinationNetworkGroup alaQoSConditionMulticastIpAddr alaQoSConditionMulticastIpMask alaQoS...

Page 1533: ...pliedConditionSourceVlan alaQoSAppliedConditionDestinationVlan alaQoSAppliedCondition8021p alaQoSAppliedConditionSourceIpAddr alaQoSAppliedConditionSourceIpMask alaQoSAppliedConditionSourceNetworkGrou...

Page 1534: ...lines If a mask is not specified the IP address is assumed to be a host address A source IP address and a source IP network group cannot be specified in the same condition Use the no form of the comma...

Page 1535: ...mber 2009 page 39 39 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionSourceIpAddr alaQoSConditionSourceIpMask alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCo...

Page 1536: ...aults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove a source IPv6 address from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be ass...

Page 1537: ...ditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionSourceIpv6Addr alaQoSConditionSourceIpv6AddrStatus alaQoSConditionSourceIpv6Mask alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCond...

Page 1538: ...s If a mask is not specified the IP address is assumed to be a host address A destination IP address and a destination IP network group cannot be specified in the same condition Use the no form of the...

Page 1539: ...page 39 43 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionDestinationIpAddr alaQoSConditionDestinationIpMask alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCo...

Page 1540: ...ddress Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a destination IPv6 address from a condition however at least one classification param...

Page 1541: ...QoSConditionName alaQoSConditionDestinationIpv6Addr alaQoSConditionDestinationIpv6AddrStatus alaQoSConditionDestinationIpv6Mask alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCond...

Page 1542: ...N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines If a mask is not specified the IP address is assumed to be a host address A multicast IP address and a multicast network group cannot be specif...

Page 1543: ...e Guide November 2009 page 39 47 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSMulticastIpAddr alaQoSMulticastIpMask alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedMu...

Page 1544: ...form of the command to remove a source network group from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition A source IP address and a source IP network gro...

Page 1545: ...h CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 49 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionSourceNetworkGroup alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppli...

Page 1546: ...no form of the command to remove a destination network group from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition A destination IP address and a destinat...

Page 1547: ...Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 51 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionDestinationNetworkGroup alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppli...

Page 1548: ...the no form of the command to remove a multicast group from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition A multicast address and a multicast network gr...

Page 1549: ...LI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 53 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionMulticastNetworkGroup alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppli...

Page 1550: ...remove a source IP port from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition The protocol TCP or UDP must be specified in the condition either on the sam...

Page 1551: ...r 2009 page 39 55 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionSourceIpPort alaQoSConditionSourceIpPortEnd alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCo...

Page 1552: ...o form of the command to remove a destination IP port from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition The protocol TCP or UDP must be specified in th...

Page 1553: ...e 39 57 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionDestinationIpPort alaQoSConditionDestinationIpPortEnd alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCo...

Page 1554: ...ort from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition This command is a shortcut for the policy condition source ip port command which requires that th...

Page 1555: ...laQoSConditionSourceTcpPortEnd alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedConditionSourceTcpPort alaQoSAppliedConditionSourceTcpPortEnd qos apply Applies configured QoS and po...

Page 1556: ...port from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition This command is a shortcut for the policy condition destination ip port command which requires...

Page 1557: ...ConditionDestinationTcpPortEnd alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedConditionDestinationTcpPort alaQoSAppliedConditionDestinationTcpPortEnd qos apply Applies configured...

Page 1558: ...from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition This command is a shortcut for the policy condition source ip port command which requires that the pr...

Page 1559: ...laQoSConditionSourceUdpPortEnd alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedConditionSourceUdpPort alaQoSAppliedConditionSourceUdpPortEnd qos apply Applies configured QoS and po...

Page 1560: ...port from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition This command is a shortcut for the policy condition destination ip port command which requires...

Page 1561: ...ConditionDestinationTcpPortEnd alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedConditionDestinationTcpPort alaQoSAppliedConditionDestinationTcpPortEnd qos apply Applies configured...

Page 1562: ...A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove an ethertype value from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated wi...

Page 1563: ...mber 2009 page 39 67 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionEthertype alaQoSConditionEthertypeStatus alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCo...

Page 1564: ...received only the syn flag is set As a result TCP packets are only examined if they are not the starting packet Typically this condition is used in combination with source ip destination ip source po...

Page 1565: ...S Policy Commands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 69 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionTcpEstablished alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionTcpEstablishe...

Page 1566: ...ion to indicate that a match on any one of the specified TCP flags qualifies as a match for the condition Use the all option to indicate that a match on all specified TCP flags is required to qualify...

Page 1567: ...laQoSConditionTcpFlagsStatus alaQoSConditionTcpFlagsVal alaQoSConditionTcpFlagsValStatus alaQoSConditionTcpFlagsMask alaQoSConditionTcpFlagsMaskStatus alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditio...

Page 1568: ...meter must be associated with a condition A policy condition that specifies a service cannot also specify a service group IP protocol source IP port or destination IP port Examples policy condition co...

Page 1569: ...s Use the no form of the command to remove a service group from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition A policy condition that specifies a servic...

Page 1570: ...e 39 74 OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionServiceGroup alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppli...

Page 1571: ...itch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove an ICMP type value from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition Examples polic...

Page 1572: ...ce Guide November 2009 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionIcmpType alaQoSConditionIcmpTypeStatus alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCo...

Page 1573: ...itch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove an ICMP code value from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition Examples polic...

Page 1574: ...ce Guide November 2009 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionIcmpCode alaQoSConditionIcmpCodeStatus alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCo...

Page 1575: ...d with a condition If a source or destination port is specified through the policy condition source ip port or policy condition destination ip port commands the protocol must be specified The same con...

Page 1576: ...age 39 80 OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionIpProtocol alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppli...

Page 1577: ...red an IPv6 policy IPv6 policies are effected only on IPv6 traffic All other IP policies are considered IPv4 poli cies and are effected only on IPv4 traffic IPv6 Layer 4 policies are supported and are...

Page 1578: ...tionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionIpv6Traffic alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedConditionIpv6Traffic qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings t...

Page 1579: ...ecedence i e priority of the frame 0 is the lowest 7 is the highest tos_mask The mask for the ToS bits in the range 0 7 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no for...

Page 1580: ...mands page 39 84 OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionTos alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppli...

Page 1581: ...of DSCP values for the condition for example 10 20 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a DSCP value from a condition however at...

Page 1582: ...November 2009 alaQoSConditionDscpMask alaQoSConditionDscpEnd alaQoSConditionDscpStatus alaQosAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedConditionDscp alaQoSAppliedConditionDscpMask...

Page 1583: ...for the source MAC address for example ff ff ff ff ff ff Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove a source MAC address from a conditio...

Page 1584: ...uide November 2009 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionSourceMacAddr alaQoSConditionSourceMacMask alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCo...

Page 1585: ...dition condition_name no destination mac Syntax Definitions condition_name The name of the condition May be an existing condition name or a new condition mac_address The destination MAC address in the...

Page 1586: ...ConditionDestinationMacMask alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedConditionSource alaQoSAppliedConditionDestinationMacAddr alaQoSAppliedConditionDestinationMacMask qos ap...

Page 1587: ...upported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove a source MAC group from a condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition...

Page 1588: ...39 92 OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionSourceMacGroup alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppli...

Page 1589: ...d OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove a destination MAC group from a policy condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a cond...

Page 1590: ...OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionDestinationMacGroup alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppli...

Page 1591: ...nd to remove a source VLAN from a policy condition however at least one classification parameter must be associated with a condition The source vlan policy condition classifies double tagged traffic f...

Page 1592: ...QoS Policy Commands page 39 96 OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedConditionSourceVlan...

Page 1593: ...r a new condition vlan_id The destination VLAN ID for the flow Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a destination VLAN from a con...

Page 1594: ...9 98 OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionDestinationVlan alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppli...

Page 1595: ...Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove an 802 1p value for a condition however at least one clas sification parameter must be associated with a condition The 802 1p policy conditio...

Page 1596: ...QoS Policy Commands page 39 100 OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCondition8021p...

Page 1597: ...The slot and port number or range of ports on which the frame is received Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove a source port from...

Page 1598: ...ects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionSourceSlot alaQoSConditionSourcePort alaQoSConditionSourcePortEnd alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCondi...

Page 1599: ...f ports on which the frame is received Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove a destination port from a condition however at least o...

Page 1600: ...itionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionDestinationSlot alaQoSConditionDestinationPort alaQoSConditionDestinationPortEnd alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppliedCondi...

Page 1601: ...Port groups are configured through the policy port group command Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove a source port group from a c...

Page 1602: ...106 OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionSourcePortGroup alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppli...

Page 1603: ...the destination port group Port groups are configured through the policy port group command Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove a...

Page 1604: ...OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects alaQoSConditionTable alaQoSConditionName alaQoSConditionDestinationPortGroup alaQoSAppliedConditionTable alaQoSAppliedConditionName alaQoSAppli...

Page 1605: ...t be supported depending on the platform you are using Also some action parameters may not be supported with some conditions See the condition table in the OmniSwitch 6250 Network Configuration Guide...

Page 1606: ...blt This syntax indicates how the action was created The cli and ldap options may be changed by a user modifying the ASCII file however changing this setting is not recommended The blt option indicat...

Page 1607: ...alaQoSAppliedActionMaximumBandwidth alaQoSAppliedActionPeakBandwidth alaQoSAppliedActionPriority alaQoSAppliedActionShared alaQoSAppliedActionMaximumDepth alaQoSAppliedActionMaximumBuffers alaQoSAppl...

Page 1608: ...for administrative reasons Currently this option will provide the same result as drop that is the flow is silently dropped Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form...

Page 1609: ...mands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 113 MIB Objects alaQoSActionTable alaQoSActionName alaQoSActionDisposition alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActi...

Page 1610: ...e scheduled on the same queue if the queue is defined as shared otherwise a separate queue is created for each flow Note that flows must be sent over the same virtual port for the flows to share a que...

Page 1611: ...y Commands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 115 MIB Objects alaQoSActionTable alaQoSActionName alaQoSActionShared alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActi...

Page 1612: ...iSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove a priority value from an action This priority value is independent of 802 1Q Type of Service ToS or Differentiated Services Code...

Page 1613: ...nce Guide November 2009 page 39 117 MIB Objects alaQoSActionTable alaQoSActionName alaQoSActionPriority alaQoSActionPriorityStatus alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActionP...

Page 1614: ...e switch rounds the value up to the nearest thousand Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove a maximum bandwidth value from an action...

Page 1615: ...mBandwidth alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActionMaximumBandwidth qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration policy action Creates...

Page 1616: ...10000 or with abbreviated units for example 10k If the value is entered in bytes the switch rounds the value up to the nearest thousand Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guideline...

Page 1617: ...alaQoSActionName alaQoSActionMaximumDepth alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActionMaximumDepth qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configur...

Page 1618: ...lue from a policy action Note that specifying both ToS and DSCP in the same action is not allowed An 802 1p or ToS DSCP action always sets the packet priority For 802 1p marking the priority is set ac...

Page 1619: ...licy Commands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 123 MIB Objects alaQoSActionTable alaQoSActionName alaQoSActionTos alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActi...

Page 1620: ...s Use the no form of the command to remove an 802 1p value from a policy action Note that specifying both ToS and DSCP in the same action is not allowed An 802 1p or ToS DSCP action always sets the pa...

Page 1621: ...cy Commands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 125 MIB Objects alaQoSActionTable alaQoSActionName alaQoSAction8021p alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActi...

Page 1622: ...to remove a DSCP value from a policy action Note that specifying both ToS and DSCP in the same action is not allowed An 802 1p or ToS DSCP action always sets the packet priority For 802 1p marking the...

Page 1623: ...icy Commands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 127 MIB Objects alaQoSActionTable alaQoSActionName alaQoSActionDscp alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActi...

Page 1624: ...coming flow is specified by the map group the value will be remapped in the outgoing flow according to the map group If the 802 1p ToS or DSCP setting in the incoming flow is not a value specified in...

Page 1625: ...ppliedActionMapGroup policy map group Configures a map group and its associated mappings for 802 1p Type of Service ToS or Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP values qos apply Applies configured Q...

Page 1626: ...he name of the action ip_address The destination IP address to which packets will be routed Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Metro Models Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the comman...

Page 1627: ...witch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 131 MIB Objects alaQoSActionTable alaQoSActionName alaQoSActionPermanentGatewayIpAddr alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActi...

Page 1628: ...remove port disable from the policy action An SNMP trap is sent when a port is administratively disabled through a port disable action or a User Ports shutdown function To enable a port disabled by th...

Page 1629: ...mands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 133 MIB Objects alaQoSActionTable alaQoSActionName alaQoSActionPortdisable alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActi...

Page 1630: ...lts N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove redirect port from the policy action Redirection policies apply to bridged traffic When redirectin...

Page 1631: ...e Guide November 2009 page 39 135 MIB Objects alaQoSActionTable alaQoSActionName alaQoSActionRedirectSlot alaQoSActionRedirectPort alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActionR...

Page 1632: ...gregation Commands Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to remove redirect linkagg from the policy action Redirection policies apply to bri...

Page 1633: ...mands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 137 MIB Objects alaQoSActionTable alaQoSActionName alaQoSActionRedirectAgg alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActi...

Page 1634: ...of this command to remove no cache from the policy action Recommended for use when applied to traffic going to the switch Examples policy action nc01 no cache policy action nc01 no no cache Release Hi...

Page 1635: ...age Guidelines Use the no form of the command to remove mirror from the policy action Use this command to configure a mirror to port MTP action that is used for policy based mirroring Only one MTP ses...

Page 1636: ...jects alaQoSActionTable alaQoSActionName alaQoSActionMirrorSlot alaQosActionMirrorPort alaQosActionMirrorMode alaQosActionMirrorModeStatus qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the c...

Page 1637: ...the no form of this command to remove the TCM parameter values The cir and pir bits and the cbs and pbs bytes parameter values may be entered as an integer for example 10000 or with abbreviated units...

Page 1638: ...aQoSActionPIR alaQoSActionPBS alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSActionCIR alaQoSActionCBS alaQoSActionPIR alaQoSActionPBS policy action Creates a policy action show policy action Displays information abo...

Page 1639: ...ernet 1G ethernet 10G destination interface type ethernet wan ethernet 10 ethernet 100 ethernet 1G ethernet 10G 802 1p value source ip ip_address destination ip ip_address multicast ip ip_address tos...

Page 1640: ...VLAN 0 0 802 1p 0 L3 L4 IP 1 2 3 4 198 60 22 2 TCP 0 80 TOS DSCP 0 0 Using pending l3 policies Classify L3 Matches rule filter1 action pri3 accept Source and destination are indicated to the left and...

Page 1641: ...ifySourceIp alaQoSClassifyDestinationIp alaQoSClassifyMulticastIp alaQoSClassifyTos alaQoSClassifyDscp alaQoSClassifyIpProtocol alaQoSClassifySourceIpPort alaQoSClassifyDestinationIpPort alaQoSClassif...

Page 1642: ...licies should be examined slot port The slot and port number of the source address of the flow Defaults By default only pending policies are examined Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelin...

Page 1643: ...vember 2009 page 39 147 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifySourceSlot alaQoSClassifySourcePort qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configura...

Page 1644: ...ort number of the destination address of the flow Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to determine if the switch will classify the traffic condition spec...

Page 1645: ...QoS Policy Commands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 149 MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifyDestinationSlot alaQoSClassifyDestinationPort...

Page 1646: ...applied policies should be examined mac_address The source MAC address of the Layer 2 flow for example 00 20 da 05 f6 23 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this comm...

Page 1647: ...ence Guide November 2009 page 39 151 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifySourceMac qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration show pol...

Page 1648: ...y applied policies should be examined mac_address The destination MAC address of the Layer 2 flow for example 00 20 da 05 f6 23 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use th...

Page 1649: ...ce Guide November 2009 page 39 153 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifyDestinationMac qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration show...

Page 1650: ...ed Indicates that only applied policies should be examined vlan_id The destination VLAN ID for the flow Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to determine...

Page 1651: ...ence Guide November 2009 page 39 155 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifySourceVlan qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration show po...

Page 1652: ...applied Indicates that only applied policies should be examined vlan_id The destination VLAN ID for the flow Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to deter...

Page 1653: ...ence Guide November 2009 page 39 157 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifySourceVlan qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration show po...

Page 1654: ...ource port is a WAN interface Not supported currently ethernet 10 Indicates that the flow s source port is 10 Mb Ethernet ethernet 100 Indicates that the flow s source port is 100 Mb Ethernet ethernet...

Page 1655: ...Guide November 2009 page 39 159 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifySourceInterfaceType qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration sho...

Page 1656: ...n port is a WAN interface Not supported currently ethernet 10 Indicates that the flow s destination port is 10 Mb Ethernet ethernet 100 Indicates that the flow s destination port is 100 Mb Ethernet et...

Page 1657: ...ide November 2009 page 39 161 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifyDestinationInterfaceType qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration...

Page 1658: ...The 802 1p value for the flow Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to determine if the switch will classify the traffic condition specified and match it t...

Page 1659: ...QoS Policy Commands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 163 MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassify8021p...

Page 1660: ...ket applied Indicates that only applied policies should be examined ip_address The source IP address Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to determine if...

Page 1661: ...rence Guide November 2009 page 39 165 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifySourceIp qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration show pol...

Page 1662: ...cket applied Indicates that only applied policies should be examined ip_address The destination IP address Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to determi...

Page 1663: ...Guide November 2009 page 39 167 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifyDestinationIpPort qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration show...

Page 1664: ...e address of the multicast stream Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to determine if the switch will classify the traffic condition specified and match...

Page 1665: ...ge 39 169 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifyMulticastIp qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the cu...

Page 1666: ...d in the IP header The three most significant bits of the byte determine the precedence i e priority of the frame 0 is the lowest 7 is the highest Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usag...

Page 1667: ...ference Guide November 2009 page 39 171 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifyTos qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration show policy...

Page 1668: ...ed policies should be examined dscp_value The DiffServ Code Point value in the range 0 63 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to determine if the switch...

Page 1669: ...ference Guide November 2009 page 39 173 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifyDscp qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration show polic...

Page 1670: ...plied Indicates that only applied policies should be examined protocol The IP protocol number for example 6 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to determ...

Page 1671: ...ence Guide November 2009 page 39 175 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifyIpProtocol qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration show po...

Page 1672: ...pplied policies should be examined port The well known port number for the desired service For example the port number for Telnet is 23 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guideline...

Page 1673: ...nce Guide November 2009 page 39 177 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifySourceIpPort qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration show p...

Page 1674: ...nly applied policies should be examined port The well known port number for the desired service For example the port number for Telnet is 23 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guid...

Page 1675: ...Guide November 2009 page 39 179 Related Commands MIB Objects alaQoSClassifyTable alaQoSClassifyDestinationIpPort qos apply Applies configured QoS and policy settings to the current configuration show...

Page 1676: ...about network groups with similar names Use an asterisk to indicate a wildcard character Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Information for all policy network groups dis...

Page 1677: ...NetworkGroupIpAddr alaQoSNetworkGroupIpMask output definitions Group Name The name of the port group configured through the policy network group command From The way the group was configured blt indic...

Page 1678: ...rms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Information about all policy services is displayed unless service_name is specified The display may include any of the following characters Examples show...

Page 1679: ...ol alaQoSAppliedSourceIpPort alaQoSAppliedServiceDestinationIpPort output definitions Service Name The name of the port group configured through the policy service command From The way the service was...

Page 1680: ...acters for displaying information about service groups with similar names Use an asterisk to indicate a wildcard character Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Information...

Page 1681: ...iceName alaQoSAppliedServiceGroupTable alaQoSAppliedServiceGroupServiceName output definitions Group Name The name of the port group configured through the policy service group command From The origin...

Page 1682: ...about MAC groups with similar names Use an asterisk to indicate a wildcard character Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Information for all policy MAC groups displays u...

Page 1683: ...e alaQoSMACGroupTable alaQoSMACGroupMacAddr alaQoSMACGroupMacMask alaQoSAppliedMACGroupTable alaQoSAppliedMACGroupMacAddr alaQoSAppliedMACGroupMacMask output definitions Group Name The name of the por...

Page 1684: ...s for displaying information about port groups with similar names Use an asterisk to indicate a wildcard character Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Information for all...

Page 1685: ...Table alaQoSAppliedPortGroupSlot alaQoSAppliedPortGroupPort output definitions Group Name The name of the port group configured through the policy port group command or built in port groups automatica...

Page 1686: ...pported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Information for all policy map groups displays unless group_name is specified The display may include any of the following characters Examples show policy map...

Page 1687: ...e alaQoSAppliedMapGroupsTable alaQoSAppliedMapGroupsName alaQoSAppliedMapGroupsSource alaQoSMapGroupTable alaQoSMapGroupKey alaQoSMapGroupKeyEnd alaQoSMapGroupValue alaQoSAppliedMapGroupTable alaQoSAp...

Page 1688: ...an asterisk to indicate a wildcard character Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Information for all policy actions displays unless action_name is specified The display...

Page 1689: ...action configured through the policy action com mand From Where the policy rule originated cli indicates that the entry was config ured on the switch ldap indicates the entry was configured through Po...

Page 1690: ...ionDisposition alaQoSActionShared alaQoSActionMinimumBandwidth alaQoSActionMaximumBandwidth alaQosActionMaximumDepth alaQoSAppliedActionTable alaQoSAppliedActionName alaQoSAppliedActionSource alaQoSAp...

Page 1691: ...an asterisk to indicate a wild card character Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Information for all policy conditions displays unless condition_name is specified The d...

Page 1692: ...ConditionDestinationVlan alaQoSCondition8021p alaQoSConditionSourceIpAddr alaQoSConditionSourceIpMask alaQoSConditionSourceNetworkGroup alaQoSConditionDestinationIpAddr alaQoSConditionDestinationIpMas...

Page 1693: ...icy Commands OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 39 197 alaQoSConditionIpProtocol alaQoSConditionSourceIpPort alaQoSConditionDestinationIpPort alaQoSConditionService alaQoSConditionServi...

Page 1694: ...niSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the show policy rule command to display inactive as well as active policy rules Information for all rules is displayed unless rule_name is specified Information for...

Page 1695: ...ch will log messages about specific flows com ing into the switch that match this policy rule Configured through the policy rule command Trap Whether or not traps are enabled for the rule Configured t...

Page 1696: ...eTable alaQoSRuleName alaQoSRuleEnabled alaQoSRuleSource alaQoSRulePrecedence alaQoSRuleActive alaQoSRuleReflexive alaQosRuleLog alaQosRuleTrapEvents alaQosRuleSave alaQoSRuleCondition alaQoSRuleActio...

Page 1697: ...ce of characters for displaying information about rules with similar names Use an asterisk to indicate a wildcard character Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Informatio...

Page 1698: ...es Configured through the Enab Whether or not the rule is enabled Act Whether or not the rule is enforceable by the switch e g qos is enabled rule is valid and enabled validity period is active Refl W...

Page 1699: ...eTable alaQoSRuleName alaQoSRuleEnabled alaQoSRuleSource alaQoSRulePrecedence alaQoSRuleActive alaQoSRuleReflexive alaQosRuleLog alaQosRuleTrapEvents alaQosRuleSave alaQoSRuleCondition alaQoSRuleActio...

Page 1700: ...cy validity period ValidityPeriod From vp01 cli Days tuesday thursday Months january february Hours 13 00 14 00 vp02 cli Days monday wednesday Hours 9 00 10 00 show policy validity period vp01 Validit...

Page 1701: ...eriodInterval alaQoSAppliedValidityPeriodIntervalStatus alaQoSAppliedValidityPeriodEndInterval Days The days of the week the validity period is active configured through the policy validity period com...

Page 1702: ...QoS Policy Commands page 39 206 OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 1703: ...chapter describes commands related to managing LDAP policies only See Chapter 38 QoS Commands for information about commands for creating and managing policies directly on the switch The policy comma...

Page 1704: ...efinitions N A Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Policies are downloaded to the switch from the directory server with the highest preference setting this server must be...

Page 1705: ...atforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use this command to remove LDAP policies Policies configured through the CLI or SNMP are not removed Examples policy server flush Release History Rel...

Page 1706: ...mines which directory server is used for policy downloads when multiple servers are configured The range is 0 255 The server with the highest value is used as the policy server If that server becomes...

Page 1707: ...y server 222 22 22 2 port 345 user dirmgr password secret88 searchbase ou qos o company c country Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects DIRECTORYSERVERTABLE...

Page 1708: ...xamples show policy server Server IP Address port enabled status primary 1 208 19 33 112 389 Yes Up X 2 208 19 33 66 400 No Down Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions...

Page 1709: ...November 2009 page 40 7 Related Commands MIB Objects directoryServerTable directoryServerAddress directoryServerPort directoryServerAdminState policy server Configures operational parameters for an L...

Page 1710: ...policy server long LDAP server 0 IP address 155 132 44 98 TCP port 16652 Enabled Yes Operational status Unkn Preference 99 Authentication password SSL Disabled login DN cn Directory Manager searchbas...

Page 1711: ...nce Determines which directory server is used for policy downloads when multiple servers are configured The range is 0 255 The server with the highest value is used as the policy server If that server...

Page 1712: ...0 0 output definitions Server The index number corresponding to the server IP Address The IP address of the LDAP server port The TCP IP port number used by the switch to connect to the policy server...

Page 1713: ...6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects policyStatsTable policyStatsAddress policyStatsServerPort policyStatsAccessCount policyStatsSuccessAccessCount policyStatsNotFoundCount policy...

Page 1714: ...g to the policy rule name The name of the policy rule only rules configured through PolicyView are displayed in this table prio The priority or preference of the rule Indicates the order in which rule...

Page 1715: ...se History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects policyRuleNamesTable policyRuleNamesIndex policyRuleNamesName policyRuleOperStatus policy server load Downloads policies fr...

Page 1716: ...Policy manager log init 09 13 01 16 38 17 LDAP server 155 132 44 98 16652 defined 09 13 01 16 38 17 LDAP server 155 132 44 98 21890 defined 09 13 01 16 38 18 PDP optimization PVP day of week all 1 09...

Page 1717: ...November 2009 page 40 15 Related Commands MIB Objects policyEventTable policyEventCode policyEventDetailString policyEventIndex policyEventTime policy server Configures operational parameters for an...

Page 1718: ...Policy Server Commands page 40 16 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Page 1719: ...s compatible with the following RFCs RFC 1112 Host Extensions for IP Multicasting RFC 2236 Internet Group Management Protocol Version 2 RFC 2933 Internet Group Management Protocol MIB RFC 3376 Interne...

Page 1720: ...icast proxying ipv6 multicast status ipv6 multicast querier forwarding ipv6 multicast version ipv6 multicast static neighbor ipv6 multicast static querier ipv6 multicast static group ipv6 multicast qu...

Page 1721: ...ways enable IP Multicast Switching and Routing If the IP Multicast Switching and Routing is already enabled on the system then the VLAN configura tion will override the system s configuration You can...

Page 1722: ...de November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpStatus alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanStatus show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and Routing status and the general configuration...

Page 1723: ...his command to remove an IGMP querier forwarding entry on the specified VLAN or on the system and return to its default behavior If the IGMP querier forwarding is already enabled on the system then th...

Page 1724: ...2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpQuerierForwarding alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanQuerierForwarding show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and Routing status and the general co...

Page 1725: ...verride the system s configuration Due to protocol inter operation requirements this command specifies only a default version of the IGMP protocol to run To restore the IGMP multicast version to the d...

Page 1726: ...e November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpVersion alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanVersion show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and Routing status and the general configuratio...

Page 1727: ...remove an IGMP static neighbor entry on a specified port on a specified VLAN The ip multicast static neighbor command allows you to create an IGMP static neighbor entry on a specified port on a speci...

Page 1728: ...ce Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmpStaticNeighborTable alaIgmpStaticNeighborVlan alaIgmpStaticNeighborIfIndex alaIgmpStaticNeighborRowStatus show ip multicast neighbor Displays...

Page 1729: ...to remove an IGMP static querier entry on a specified port on a spec ified VLAN The ip multicast static querier command allows you to create an IGMP static querier entry on a spec ified port on a spec...

Page 1730: ...rence Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmpStaticQuerierTable alaIgmpStaticQuerierVlan alaIgmpStaticQuerierIfIndex alaIgmpStaticQuerierRowStatus show ip multicast querier Displays t...

Page 1731: ...atic group entry on a specified port on a speci fied VLAN The ip multicast static group command allows you to create an IGMP static group entry on a speci fied port on a specified VLAN This in turn en...

Page 1732: ...berTable alaIgmpStaticMemberVlan alaIgmpStaticMemberIfIndex alaIgmpStaticMemberGroupAddress alaIgmpStaticMemberRowStatus show ip multicast group Displays the IGMP group membership table entries of IP...

Page 1733: ...y interval refers to the time period between IGMP query messages To restore the IGMP query interval to its default i e 125 seconds value on the system if no VLAN is specified use ip multicast query in...

Page 1734: ...ember 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpQueryInterval alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanQueryInterval show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and Routing status and the general confi...

Page 1735: ...to an IGMP query message sent in response to a leave group message To restore the IGMP last member query interval to its default i e 10 tenths of seconds value on the system if no VLAN is specified us...

Page 1736: ...6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpLastMemberQueryInterval alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanLastMemberQueryInterval show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and...

Page 1737: ...the time period to reply to an IGMP query message To restore the IGMP query response interval to its default i e 100 tenths of seconds value on the system if no VLAN is specified use ip multicast quer...

Page 1738: ...6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpQueryResponseInterval alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanQueryResponseInterval show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and Ro...

Page 1739: ...to the time period to proxy any changed IGMP membership state To restore the IGMP unsolicited report interval to its default i e 1 second value on the system if no VLAN is specified use ip multicast...

Page 1740: ...1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpUnsolicitedReportInterval alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanUnsolicitedReportInterval show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching an...

Page 1741: ...l override the system s configuration To restore the IGMP router timeout to its default i e 90 seconds value on the system if no VLAN is specified use ip multicast router timeout followed by the value...

Page 1742: ...ember 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpRouterTimeout alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanRouterTimeout show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and Routing status and the general confi...

Page 1743: ...l override the system s configuration To restore the IGMP source timeout to its default i e 30 seconds value on the system if no VLAN is specified use ip multicast source timeout followed by the value...

Page 1744: ...ember 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpSourceTimeout alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanSourceTimeout show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and Routing status and the general confi...

Page 1745: ...If the IGMP querying is already enabled disabled on the system then the VLAN configuration will override the system s configuration IGMP querying refers to requesting the network s IGMP group membersh...

Page 1746: ...tory Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpQuerying alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanQuerying show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and Routing status...

Page 1747: ...iguration Robustness variable allows fine tuning on the network where the expected packet loss would be greater To restore the IGMP robustness variable to its default i e 2 value on the system if no V...

Page 1748: ...November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpRobustness alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanRobustness show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and Routing status and the general configur...

Page 1749: ...n the system then the VLAN configuration will override the system s configuration IGMP spoofing refers to replacing a client s MAC and IP address with the system s MAC and IP address when proxying agg...

Page 1750: ...tory Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpSpoofing alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanSpoofing show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and Routing status...

Page 1751: ...diate source filter removals and will not wait for the protocol s specified time period This mode facilitates IP TV applications looking for quick changes between IP multicast groups You can also rest...

Page 1752: ...de November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpZapping alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanZapping show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and Routing status and the general configurati...

Page 1753: ...IGMP proxying refers to processing membership information on behalf of client systems and reporting membership on their behalf You can also restore the IGMP querying to its default i e disabled setti...

Page 1754: ...e November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaIgmp alaIgmpProxying alaIgmpVlan alaIgmpVlanProxying show ip multicast Displays the IP Multicast Switching and Routing status and the general configurat...

Page 1755: ...uration and always enable IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing If the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing is already enabled on the system then the VLAN configu ration will override the system s conf...

Page 1756: ...de November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldStatus alaMldVlan alaMldVlanStatus show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing status and the gen eral configuratio...

Page 1757: ...command to remove an MLD querier forwarding entry on the specified VLAN or on the system and return to its default behavior If the MLD querier forwarding is already enabled on the system then the VLA...

Page 1758: ...2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldQuerierForwarding alaMldVlan alaMldVlanQuerierForwarding show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing status and the gen eral c...

Page 1759: ...system s configuration Due to protocol inter operation requirements this command specifies only a default version of the MLD protocol to run To restore the MLD multicast version to the default i e 1...

Page 1760: ...e November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldVersion alaMldVlan alaMldVlanVersion show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing status and the gen eral configurati...

Page 1761: ...remove an MLD static neighbor entry on a specified port on a specified VLAN The ipv6 multicast static neighbor command allows you to create an MLD static neighbor entry on a specified port on a specif...

Page 1762: ...ce Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaMldStaticNeighborTable alaMldStaticNeighborVlan alaMldStaticNeighborIfIndex alaMldStaticNeighborRowStatus show ipv6 multicast neighbor Displays t...

Page 1763: ...o remove an MLD static querier entry on a specified port on a speci fied VLAN The ipv6 multicast static querier command allows you to create an MLD static querier entry on a specified port on a specif...

Page 1764: ...rence Guide November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaMldStaticQuerierTable alaMldStaticQuerierVlan alaMldStaticQuerierIfIndex alaMldStaticQuerierRowStatus show ipv6 multicast querier Displays the...

Page 1765: ...group entry on a specified port on the spec ified VLAN The ipv6 multicast static group command allows you to create an MLD static group entry on a speci fied port on a specified VLAN This in turn ena...

Page 1766: ...rTable alaMldStaticMemberVlan alaMldStaticMemberIfIndex alaMldStaticMemberGroupAddress alaMldStaticMemberRowStatus show ipv6 multicast group Displays the MLD group membership table entries of IPv6 Mul...

Page 1767: ...fers to the time period between MLD query messages To restore the MLD query interval to its default i e 125 seconds value on the system if no VLAN is specified use ipv6 multicast query interval follow...

Page 1768: ...mber 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldQueryInterval alaMldVlan alaMldVlanQueryInterval show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing status and the gen eral confi...

Page 1769: ...an MLD query message sent in response to a leave group message To restore the MLD last member query interval to its default i e 1000 milliseconds value on the system if no VLAN is specified use ipv6 m...

Page 1770: ...6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldLastMemberQueryInterval alaMldVlan alaMldVlanLastMemberQueryInterval show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and...

Page 1771: ...ry message To restore the MLD query response interval to its default i e 10000 milliseconds value on the system if no VLAN is specified use ipv6 multicast query response interval followed by the value...

Page 1772: ...09 Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldQueryResponseInterval alaMldVlan alaMldVlanQueryReponseInterval show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing status and the gen er...

Page 1773: ...time period to proxy any changed MLD membership state To restore the MLD unsolicited interval to its default i e 1 second value on the system if no VLAN is specified use ipv6 multicast unsolicited rep...

Page 1774: ...1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldUnsolicitedReportInterval alaMldVlan alaMldVlanUnsolicitedReportInterval show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching an...

Page 1775: ...ill override the system s configuration To restore the MLD router timeout to its default i e 90 seconds value on the system if no VLAN is specified use ipv6 multicast router timeout followed by the va...

Page 1776: ...mber 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldRouterTimeout alaMldVlan alaMldVlanRouterTimeout show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing status and the gen eral confi...

Page 1777: ...the system s configuration To restore the MLD router timeout to its default i e 30 seconds value on the system if no VLAN is specified use ipv6 multicast source timeout followed by the value 0 e g ip...

Page 1778: ...mber 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldSourceTimeout alaMldVlan alaMldVlanSourceTimeout show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing status and the gen eral confi...

Page 1779: ...he MLD querying is already enabled disabled on the system then the VLAN configuration will override the system s configuration MLD querying refers to requesting the network s MLD group membership info...

Page 1780: ...tory Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldQuerying alaMldVlan alaMldVlanQuerying show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing status...

Page 1781: ...bustness variable allows fine tuning on the network where the expected packet loss would be greater To restore the MLD robustness variable to its default i e 2 value on the system if no VLAN is speci...

Page 1782: ...ovember 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldRobustness alaMldVlan alaMldVlanRobustness show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing status and the gen eral configur...

Page 1783: ...tem then the VLAN configuration will override the system s configuration MLD spoofing refers to replacing a client s MAC and IP address with the system s MAC and IP address when proxying aggregated ML...

Page 1784: ...tory Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldSpoofing alaMldVlan alaMldVlanSpoofing show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing status...

Page 1785: ...er removals immediately and not wait ing for the protocol s specified time period This mode facilitates IP TV applications looking for quick changes between IP multicast groups You can also restore th...

Page 1786: ...e November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldZapping alaMldVlan alaMldVlanZapping show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing status and the gen eral configurati...

Page 1787: ...xying refers to processing membership information on behalf of client systems and reporting membership on their behalf You can also restore the MLD proxying to its default i e disabled setting on the...

Page 1788: ...November 2009 Related Commands MIB Objects alaMld alaMldProxying alaMldVlan alaMldVlanProxying show ipv6 multicast Displays the IPv6 Multicast Switching and Routing status and the gen eral configurat...

Page 1789: ...tatus and general configuration parameters for the system Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Specify a VLAN ID to display the configuration information for an individual VLAN Example...

Page 1790: ...te of IGMP proxying on the system which can be Enabled or Disabled the default status You can enable or disable IGMP spoofing with the ip multicast proxying command which is described on page 41 35 Sp...

Page 1791: ...reply to an IGMP query message sent in response to a leave group message The default value is 10 tenths of seconds You can modify this parameter with the ip multicast last member query interval comman...

Page 1792: ...multicast spoofing Enables or disables IGMP spoofing on the specified VLAN or on the system if no VLAN is specified ip multicast zapping Enables or disables IGMP zapping on the specified VLAN or on th...

Page 1793: ...5 alaIgmpVlanSpoofing alaIgmpVlanZapping alaIgmpVlanQuerierForwarding alaIgmpVlanVersion alaIgmpVlanRobustness alaIgmpVlanQueryInterval alaIgmpVlanQueryResponseInterval alaIgmpVlanLastMemberQueryInter...

Page 1794: ...forward Total 1 Forwards Ingress Egress Group Address Host Address Tunnel Address VLAN Port VLAN Port 228 0 0 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 2 23 show ip multicast forward 228 0 0 1 Ingress Egress Group A...

Page 1795: ...IgmpForwardIfIndex alaIgmpForwardGroupAddress alaIgmpForwardHostAddress alaIgmpForwardDestAddress alaIgmpForwardOrigAddress alaIgmpForwardType alaIgmpForwardNextVlan alaIgmpForwardNextIfIndex alaIgmpF...

Page 1796: ...Life 1 0 0 2 1 2 1 no 1 86 0 0 0 0 1 2 13 yes 0 0 Output fields are described here Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions Host Address The IP address...

Page 1797: ...41 79 MIB Objects alaIgmpNeighborTable alaIgmpNeighborVlan alaIgmpNeighborIfIndex alaIgmpNeighborHostAddress alaIgmpNeighborCount alaIgmpNeighborTimeout alaIgmpNeighborUpTime alaIgmpStaticNeighborTabl...

Page 1798: ...Life 1 0 0 2 1 2 1 no 1 250 0 0 0 0 1 2 13 yes 0 0 Output fields are described here Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions Host Address The IP addres...

Page 1799: ...page 41 81 MIB Objects alaIgmpQuerierTable alaIgmpQuerierVlan alaIgmpQuerierIfIndex alaIgmpQuerierHostAddress alaIgmpQuerierCount alaIgmpQuerierTimeout alaIgmpQuerierUpTime alaIgmpStaticQuerierTable a...

Page 1800: ...e Address VLAN Port Mode Static Count Life 231 0 0 3 1 0 0 5 1 2 1 exclude no 1 257 234 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 exclude no 1 218 229 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 13 exclude yes 0 0 show ip multicast group 234 0 0 4...

Page 1801: ...ble alaIgmpMemberVlan alaIgmpMemberIfIndex alaIgmpMemberGroupAddress alaIgmpMemberSourceAddress alaIgmpMemberMode alaIgmpMemberCount alaIgmpMemberTimeout alaIgmpStaticMemberTable alaIgmpStaticMemberVl...

Page 1802: ...uidelines N A Examples show ip multicast source Total 1 Sources Group Address Host Address Tunnel Address VLAN Port 228 0 0 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 show ip multicast source 228 0 0 1 Total 1 Sources G...

Page 1803: ...MIB Objects alaIgmpSourceTable alaIgmpSourceVlan alaIgmpSourceIfIndex alaIgmpSourceGroupAddress alaIgmpSourceHostAddress alaIgmpSourceDestAddress alaIgmpSourceOrigAddress alaIgmpSourceType alaIgmpSou...

Page 1804: ...ntax Definitions vid VLAN for which to display the configuration Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show ipv6 multicast Status Enabled Querying Disabled Pro...

Page 1805: ...D spoofing with the ipv6 multicast proxying command which is described on page 41 69 Spoofing The current state of MLD spoofing on the system which can be Enabled or Disabled the default status You ca...

Page 1806: ...ify this parameter with the ipv6 multicast last member query interval command which is described on page 41 51 Unsolicited Report Interval seconds Displays the time period in seconds to proxy any chan...

Page 1807: ...AN is specified ipv6 multicast query response interval Sets the MLD query response interval on the specified VLAN or on the system if no VLAN is specified ipv6 multicast unsolicited report interval Se...

Page 1808: ...er 2009 alaMldVlanSpoofing alaMldVlanZapping alaMldVlanQuerierForwarding alaMldVlanVersion alaMldVlanRobustness alaMldVlanQueryInterval alaMldVlanQueryResponseInterval alaMldVlanLastMemberQueryInterva...

Page 1809: ...ples show ipv6 multicast forward Total 1 Forwards Ingress Egress Group Address Host Address Tunnel Address VLAN Port VLAN Port ff05 6 4444 2 1 2 1 1 2 23 show ipv6 multicast forward ff05 6 Ingress Egr...

Page 1810: ...n alaMldForwardIfIndex alaMldForwardGroupAddress alaMldForwardHostAddress alaMldForwardDestAddress alaMldForwardOrigAddress alaMldForwardType alaMldForwardNextVlan alaMldForwardNextIfIndex alaMldForwa...

Page 1811: ...Static Count Life fe80 2a0 ccff fed3 2853 1 2 1 no 1 6 1 2 13 yes 0 0 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions Host Address The IPv6 address of the IPv...

Page 1812: ...ember 2009 MIB Objects alaMldNeighborTable alaMldNeighborVlan alaMldNeighborIfIndex alaMldNeighborHostAddress alaMldNeighborCount alaMldNeighborTimeout alaMldNeighborUpTime alaMldStaticNeighborTable a...

Page 1813: ...t Static Count Life fe80 2a0 ccff fed3 2853 1 2 1 no 1 6 1 2 13 yes 0 0 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions Host Address The IPv6 address of the IP...

Page 1814: ...de November 2009 MIB Objects alaMldQuerierTable alaMldQuerierVlan alaMldQuerierIfIndex alaMldQuerierHostAddress alaMldQuerierCount alaMldQuerierTimeout alaMldQuerierUpTime alaMldStaticQuerierTable ala...

Page 1815: ...group Total 3 Groups Group Address Source Address VLAN Port Mode Static Count Life ff05 5 1 2 1 exclude no 1 145 ff05 6 3333 1 1 2 1 exclude no 1 242 ff05 9 1 2 13 exclude yes 0 0 show ipv6 multicast...

Page 1816: ...laMldMemberVlan alaMldMemberIfIndex alaMldMemberGroupAddress alaMldMemberSourceAddress alaMldMemberMode alaMldMemberCount alaMldMemberTimeout alaMldMemberUpTime alaMldStaticMemberTable alaMldStaticMem...

Page 1817: ...6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show ipv6 multicast source Total 1 Sources Group Address Host Address Tunnel Address VLAN Port ff05 6 4444 2 1 2 1 show ipv6 multicast source ff05 6 Total 1 Sources...

Page 1818: ...ands MIB Objects alaMldSourceTable alaMldSourceVlan alaMldSourceIfIndex alaMldSourceGroupAddress alaMldSourceHostAddress alaMldSourceDestAddress alaMldSourceOrigAddress alaMldSourceType alaMldSourceUp...

Page 1819: ...tely classified as VLAN Stacking ports or as legacy ports fixed ports tagged ports VLAN Stack ing VLAN contains only VLAN Stacking ports as its members while Normal data VLAN contains normal legacy po...

Page 1820: ...LAN name string Alphanumeric string up to 32 characters Use quotes around the string if the name contains multiple words with spaces between them for exam ple Alcatel Lucent VLAN svlan Tags the IPMVLA...

Page 1821: ...multicast vlan vlan ipmvlan 1033 name multicast vlan svlan vlan ipmvlan 1333 1x1 stp enable name multicast vlan svlan no vlan ipmvlan 1003 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related...

Page 1822: ...number used in the translation rule The valid range is 1 4094 ctag1 ctag2 Specifies the range of the customer VLAN ID numbers Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the...

Page 1823: ...mber 2009 page 42 5 Related Commands MIB Objects alaipmvVlanCtagTable alaipmvVlanNumber alaipmvVlanCtag alaipmvVlanCtagRowStatus show vlan ipmvlan c tag Displays the customer VLAN IDs associated with...

Page 1824: ...dress that will be assigned to the IPMVLAN ipaddress1 ipaddress2 Specifies the IP Multicast address range ipv6address1 ipv6address2 Specifies the IPv6 Multicast address range Defaults N A Platforms Su...

Page 1825: ...lated Commands MIB Objects alaipmvVlanIpAddrTable alaipmvVlanIpAddrVlanNumber alaipmvVlanIpAddrType alaipmvVlanIpAddress alaipmvVlanIpAddrRowStatus show vlan ipmvlan address Displays the IPv4 and IPv6...

Page 1826: ...lot 3 agg_num The link aggregate ID number 0 31 to be assigned as a sender port to the IPMVLAN agg_num2 The last link aggregate ID number in a range of aggregates that you want to configure Defaults N...

Page 1827: ...ured as sender port no vlan ipmvlan 1003 sender port port 1 50 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaipmvVlanPortTable alaipmvVlanPortIPMVlanNumber alaip...

Page 1828: ...on slot 3 agg_num The link aggregate ID number to be assigned as a receiver port to the specified IPMVLAN The valid range is 0 31 agg_num2 Last link aggregate ID number in a range of aggregates you wa...

Page 1829: ...mvlan 1002 receiver port port 1 1 no vlan ipmvlan 1002 receiver port port 1 1 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaipmvVlanPortTable alaipmvVlanPortIPMV...

Page 1830: ...The valid range is 0 31 customer vlan id Customer VLAN ID associated with the SVLAN IPMVLAN ipmvlan id Specifies the IP Multicast VLAN number The valid range is 2 4094 svlan id Specifies the SVLAN nu...

Page 1831: ...nds MIB Objects alaVstkSvlanPortTable alaVstkSvlanPortNumber alaVstkSvlanPortSvlanNumber alaVstkSvlanPortCvlanNumber alaVstkSvlanPortMode alaVstkSvlanPortRowStatus show vlan ipmvlan port binding Displ...

Page 1832: ...The valid range is 2 4094 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show vlan ipmvlan c tag ipmvlan ctag 100 10 100 20 200 30 Release History Release 6 6 1 command...

Page 1833: ...ons ipmvlan id Specifies the IP Multicast VLAN number The valid range is 2 4094 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show vlan ipmvlan 10 address IpAddress ip...

Page 1834: ...09 1 Ipv6 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects alaipmvVlanIpAddrTable alaipmvVlanIpAddrVlanNumber alaipmvVlanIpAddrType alaipmvVlanIpAddress output definit...

Page 1835: ...n id Specifies the IP Multicast VLAN number for which the sender and receiver ports will be displayed The valid range is 2 4094 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Ex...

Page 1836: ...r alaipmvVlanPortPortNumber alaipmvVlanPortPortType output definitions ipmvlan The numerical IPMVLAN ID port Displays the slot number of the module and the physical port number on that module for whic...

Page 1837: ...odule e g 3 1 specifies port 1 on slot 3 agg_num The Link aggregate ID number The valid range is 0 31 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples show vlan ipmvlan p...

Page 1838: ...able alaipmvVlanPortIPMVlanNumber alaipmvVlanPortPortNumber alaipmvVlanPortPortType vlan ipmvlan sender port Configures a port or an aggregate of ports as the sender port for the IP Multicast VLAN vla...

Page 1839: ...valid range is 0 31 Defaults By default all the IPMVLANs will be displayed Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the slot port or agg_num parameter with this command to view the IP...

Page 1840: ...ts alaipmvVlanPortTable alaipmvVlanPortIPMVlanNumber alaipmvVlanPortPortNumber alaipmvVlanPortPortType cvlan The numerical CVLAN ID associated with the IPMV type The type sender or receiver of the IPM...

Page 1841: ...ecific command families or domains Alternately users may be configured with a profile that specifies access to particular ports or VLANs MIB information for the AAA commands is as follows Filename alc...

Page 1842: ...ser password history user password size min user password min age user password expiration show user show user password size show user password expiration show user password policy User Lockout Settin...

Page 1843: ...required when creating a server hostname2 The host name DNS name of an optional backup RADIUS server ip_address2 The IP address of an optional backup RADIUS server secret The shared secret known to t...

Page 1844: ...aa radius server pubs2 host 10 10 2 1 key wwwtoe timeout 5 no aaa radius server pubs2 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects aaaServerTable aaasProtocol aaas...

Page 1845: ...me of an optional backup TACACS server ip_address2 The IP address of an optional backup TACACS server secret The shared secret known to the switch and the server but which is not sent over the network...

Page 1846: ...roduced Related Commands MIB Objects aaaServerTable aaasName aaasProtocol aaasHostName aaasIpAddress aaasHostName2 aaasIpAddress2 aaasTacacsKey aaasTimout aaasTacacsPort show aaa server Displays infor...

Page 1847: ...d directory servers For example cn manager Must be different from the search base name and must be in a format supported by the server Required when creating a new server super_password The super user...

Page 1848: ...switch must match the port number configured for the server Examples aaa ldap server topanga5 host 10 10 3 4 dn cn manager password tpub base c us retransmit 4 no aaa ldap server topanga5 Release Hist...

Page 1849: ...Guide November 2009 page 43 9 MIB Objects aaaServerTable aaasProtocol aaasHostName aaasIpAddress aaasHostName2 aaasIpAddress2 aaasLdapPort aaasLdapDn aaasLdapPasswd aaasLdapSearchBase aaasLdapServType...

Page 1850: ...Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Clear the ACE secret on the switch if the server and the switch get out of synch See RSA Security s ACE Server documentation for more information If you clea...

Page 1851: ...P or local server is specified with the command server1 The name of the authentication server used for Authenticated Switch Access At least one server is required The server may be a RADIUS TACACS LDA...

Page 1852: ...cal switch database will be used as the only authentication server specify local for server1 If local is specified as a backup server it should be entered last in the list of servers The local user da...

Page 1853: ...AAA Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 43 13 MIB Objects aaaAuthSATable aaatsInterface aaasName aaatsName1 aaatsName2 aaatsName3 aaatsName4...

Page 1854: ...Access server setting for FTP http Configures the default Authenticated Switch Access server setting for Web based management snmp Configures the default Authenticated Switch Access server setting for...

Page 1855: ...aaatsName4 aaa radius server Configures or modifies a RADIUS server for Authenticated Switch Access aaa tacacs server Configures or modifies an LDAP server for Authenticated Switch Access user Configu...

Page 1856: ...this command to disable 802 1x authentication for the switch Use the vlan port 802 1x command to enable or disable ports for 802 1X Use the 802 1x command to configure authentication parameters for a...

Page 1857: ...aaatxName3 aaatxName4 aaatxOpen 802 1x Configures 802 1X parameters on a particular slot port Typically used for port access control on a dedicated 802 1X port aaa radius server Configures or modifies...

Page 1858: ...OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Up to 4 RADIUS servers total may be specified At least one server is required Each server name should be separated by a space Use the no form of this command to disabl...

Page 1859: ...ands MIB Objects AaaAuthMACTable aaaMacSrvrName1 aaaMacSrvrName2 aaaMacSrvrName3 aaaMacSrvrName4 802 1x Configures 802 1X parameters on a particular slot port Typically used for port access control on...

Page 1860: ...l Local accounting is done through the Switch Logging feature in the switch See Chapter 45 Switch Logging Commands for information about Switch Logging commands Defaults Accounting is disabled by defa...

Page 1861: ...IB Objects aaaAcct8021xTable aaacxName1 aaacxName2 aaacxName3 aaacxName4 802 1x Configures 802 1X parameters on a particular slot port Typically used for port access control on a dedicated 802 1X port...

Page 1862: ...local Local accounting is done through the Switching Logging feature on the switch See Chapter 45 Switch Logging Commands for information about Switch Logging commands Defaults Accounting is disabled...

Page 1863: ...sion ldap1 radius2 local no aaa accounting session Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects aaaAcctsaTable aaacsName1 aaacsName2 aaacsName3 aaacsName4 show aaa...

Page 1864: ...er they are listed in this command The first available server becomes the accounting server local Local accounting is done through the Switching Logging feature on the switch See Chapter 45 Switch Log...

Page 1865: ...25 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects aaaAcctCmdTable aaacmdSrvName1 aaacmdSrvName2 aaacmdSrvName3 aaacmdSrvName4 show aaa accounting Displays informatio...

Page 1866: ...yy hh mm that the user s current pass word will expire read only Specifies that the user will have read only access to the switch read write Specifies that the user will have read write access to the...

Page 1867: ...allowed SNMPv3 access to the switch The authentication key is in hexadecimal form and is deducted from the user s password with SHA or MD5 hash and encrypted with DES encryption The key parameter only...

Page 1868: ...gured for the admin user or configured globally through the user password expiration command when the admin user s pass word expires the admin user will have access only through the console port Eithe...

Page 1869: ...AAA Commands OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 page 43 29 MIB Objects aaaUserTable aaauPassword aaauReadRight aaauWriteRight aaauSnmpLevel aaauSnmpAuthKey aaauPasswordExpirationDate...

Page 1870: ...to verify the new password A new password cannot be identical to the current password it cannot be identical to any of the three passwords that preceded the current password The password may be up to...

Page 1871: ...009 page 43 31 Related Commands MIB Objects aaaUserTable aaauPassword aaauOldPassword user Configures entries in the local user database May be used by a system administrator to change any user s pass...

Page 1872: ...acters Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples user password size min 9 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects aaaAsaConfi...

Page 1873: ...n the switch Password expiration may be configured on a per user basis through the user command the user setting overrides the user password expiration setting until the user password is changed or th...

Page 1874: ...AAA Commands page 43 34 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects aaaAsaConfig aaaAsaDefaultPasswordExpirationInDays...

Page 1875: ...atus of this function is specified as part of a global password policy that is applied to all pass words when they are created or modified When this function is enabled a check is done at the time the...

Page 1876: ...age Guidelines Specify 0 with this command to disable the minimum uppercase character requirement The minimum number of uppercase characters is specified as part of a global password policy that is ap...

Page 1877: ...age Guidelines Specify 0 with this command to disable the minimum lowercase character requirement The minimum number of lowercase characters is specified as part of a global password policy that is ap...

Page 1878: ...ines Specify 0 with this command to disable the minimum number of digits requirement The minimum number of digits requirement is specified as part of a global password policy that is applied to all pa...

Page 1879: ...age Guidelines Specify 0 with this command to disable the minimum non alphanumeric character requirement The minimum number of non alphanumeric characters is specified as part of a global password pol...

Page 1880: ...ord history function The user is prevented from specifying any passwords that are recorded in the password history and fall within the range configured through this command The password history value...

Page 1881: ...mand to disable the minimum number of days requirement Configure the minimum age of a password with a value that is less than the value configured for the password expiration The password minimum age...

Page 1882: ...type of lockout attempt Specify 0 with this command to disable the observation window function This means that failed login attempts will never age out the number of failed attempts is never decremen...

Page 1883: ...gures the amount of time a user account remains locked out of the switch user lockout threshold Configures the number of failed password attempts allowed before the user account is locked out of the s...

Page 1884: ...o the default there is no limit to the number of failed login attempts allowed A user account remains locked out for the length of the lockout duration time period at the end of this time the account...

Page 1885: ...ng which failed login attempts are counted to determine if the number of failed attempts has exceeded the number of allowed attempts user lockout duration Configures the length of time a user account...

Page 1886: ...hen locked user accounts are never automatically unlocked Only the admin user or a user with read write AAA privileges can unlock a locked user account when the lockout duration time is set to zero An...

Page 1887: ...ogin attempts are counted to determine if the number of failed attempts has exceeded the number of allowed attempts user lockout threshold Configures the number of failed password attempts allowed bef...

Page 1888: ...rite AAA privileges The admin user account is protected from any type of lockout attempt User lockouts and unlocks are saved automatically that is these settings do not require the write memory copy r...

Page 1889: ...table spantree Defaults Areas are disabled for end user profiles by default Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form of the command to delete an end user profile An end us...

Page 1890: ...endUserProfileAreaSpantree endUserProfileSlotPortTable endUserProfileSlotNumber endUserProfilePortList endUserProfileVlanIdTable endUserProfileVlanIdStart endUserProfileVlandIdEnd end user profile por...

Page 1891: ...port or port range associated with slot1 Ports are separated by a hyphen for example 2 4 slot2 Additional slots may be associated with the profile port_range2 Additional ports may be associated with a...

Page 1892: ...ame endUserProfileSlotPortTable endUserProfileSlotNumber endUserProfilePortList end user profile Configures or modifies an end user profile which specifies access to command areas end user profile vla...

Page 1893: ...nd VLAN 6 vlan_range2 Optional additional VLAN ranges associated with the end user profile Up to 16 ranges total may be configured vlan1 The VLAN range to be deleted from the profile Only the start of...

Page 1894: ...ame endUserProfileVlanIdTable endUserProfileVlanIdStart endUserProfileVlandIdEnd end user profile Configures or modifies an end user profile which specifies access to command areas end user profile po...

Page 1895: ...id The VLAN identification number for a preconfigured VLAN that will be assigned to a user The valid range is 1 4094 Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the no form o...

Page 1896: ...ax information for all servers displays To display information about an ACE server use ace as the server_name Information for ACE is only available if ACE is specified for Authenticated Switch Access...

Page 1897: ...server aaa tacacs server and aaa ldap server commands respectively Server type The type of server ACE LDAP TACACS or RADIUS Host name The name of the primary LDAP TACACS or RADIUS host IP address The...

Page 1898: ...AuthPort aaasRadAcctPort aaasProtocol aaasTacacsKey aaasTacacsPort aaasLdapPort aaasLdapDn aaasLdapPasswd aaasLdapSearchBase aaasLdapServType aaasLdapEnableSsl aaa radius server Configures or modifies...

Page 1899: ...ication server RadiusServer 2nd authentication server local Service type Console 1rst authentication server local Service type Telnet Authentication Use Default 1rst authentication server RadiusServer...

Page 1900: ...tion Displays denied if the management interface is disabled Displays Use Default if the management interface is configured to use the default configuration 1st authentication server The first server...

Page 1901: ...authentication 802 1x 1rst authentication server nms vlan 30 port usage unique Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands output definitions 1st authentication server The f...

Page 1902: ...AAA Commands page 43 62 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 MIB Objects AaaAuth8021XTable aaatxName1 aaatxName2 aaatxName3 aaatxName4 aaatxOpen...

Page 1903: ...ervers configured through the aaa authentication mac command Examples show aaa authentication mac 1rst authentication server rad1 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands...

Page 1904: ...s server and aaa ldap server commands Examples show aaa accounting 802 1x 1rst authentication server onyx 2nd accounting server odyssey 3rd accounting server local Release History Release 6 6 1 comman...

Page 1905: ...02 1X port based network access control Examples show aaa accounting Authenticated vlan 23 1rst accounting server RadiusServer 2nd accounting server local Authenticated vlan 24 1rst accounting server...

Page 1906: ...09 Related Commands MIB Objects aaaAcctSATable aaacsName1 aaacsName2 aaacsName3 aaacsName4 aaa accounting session Configures accounting servers for Authenticated Switch Access ses sions aaa accounting...

Page 1907: ...odified date 9 30 2007 10 59 3 days from now Account lockout Yes Automatically unlocked after 19 minute s from now Password bad attempts 3 Read Only for domains None Read Write for domains Admin Syste...

Page 1908: ...HA Snmp encryption DES output definitions User name The user name for this account Password expiration The date and time on which the password will expire This field only displays if the password expi...

Page 1909: ...ofile is associated with the user account END user profile The name of an end user profile associated with the user account Con figured through the end user profile command This field only dis plays i...

Page 1910: ...AllowModifyDate aaauPasswordLockoutEnable aaauBadAttempts aaauReadRight1 aaauReadRight2 aaauWriteRight1 aaauWriteRight2 aaauEndUserProfile aaauSnmpLevel aaauSnmpAuthkey user Configures user entries in...

Page 1911: ...of characters required when configuring user passwords Examples show user password size password minimum size 9 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects aaaAsa...

Page 1912: ...gh the user password expiration command Examples show user password expiration User password expiration is set to 3 days Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objec...

Page 1913: ...size 8 Password history 4 Password minimum age 20 days Password expiration 40 days output definitions Contain username flag Indicates if the username is included with the password check Enable or Disa...

Page 1914: ...rough the user password size min command Password history The maximum number of old passwords retained in the password his tory Configured through the user password history command Password minimum ag...

Page 1915: ...ed Examples show user lockout setting Lockout Setting Observation window 30 minutes Duration 200 minutes Threshold 20 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced output definitions Observatio...

Page 1916: ...ds MIB Objects aaaAsaConfig aaaAsaLockoutWindow aaaAsaLockoutDuration aaaAsaLockoutThreshold user lockout unlock Manually locks or unlocks a user account on the switch show user Displays information a...

Page 1917: ...en the mode is enabled any command entered will result in output similar to the one shown in the Examples section below Any commands entered when the mode is enabled are not executed To return to norm...

Page 1918: ...AAA Commands page 43 78 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands user Configures or modifies user entries in the local user database...

Page 1919: ...llowing that profile The index value is the way the switch internally tracks profiles and reflects the order in which profiles are created Examples debug end user profile End user profile jentest leng...

Page 1920: ...5 End user profile not created for index 6 End user profile not created for index 7 End user profile not created for index 8 End user profile not created for index 9 End user profile not created for i...

Page 1921: ...r information about users use the show user command If a particular profile is not specified information about all profiles is displayed Examples show end user profile Prof1 End user profile Prof1 Are...

Page 1922: ...rofileAreaIpRoutesTable endUserProfileAreaMacFilteringTable endUserProfileAreaSpantree endUserProfileSlotPortTable endUserProfileSlotNumber endUserProfilePortList endUserProfileVlanIdTable endUserProf...

Page 1923: ...e Guidelines N A Examples show aaa user network profile Role name engineering vlan 10 Role name accounting vlan 20 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects aaa...

Page 1924: ...See table in Usage Guidelines Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Valid values for the family parameter are listed in the Corresponding Families column of the following...

Page 1925: ...0000 0x00000000 domain physical 0x0005E000 0x00000000 ip 0x00080000 0x00000000 rip 0x00100000 0x00000000 ip routing 0x01000000 0x00000000 ipmr 0x04000000 0x00000000 ipms 0x08000000 0x00000000 domain n...

Page 1926: ...AAA Commands page 43 86 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009 Related Commands user Configures or modifies user entries in the local user database...

Page 1927: ...mmary of the available commands is listed here 802 1X port commands 802 1x 802 1x initialize 802 1x re authenticate 802 1x supp polling retry 802 1x captive portal address show 802 1x users show 802 1...

Page 1928: ...unauthorized state it becomes authorized if a device successfully completes an 802 1X authentication exchange with the switch quiet period seconds The time during which the port will not accept an 80...

Page 1929: ...port 802 1x command with the disable option to disable 802 1X authentication on the port Before any device is authenticated through an 802 1X port the port will only process 802 1X frames EAPoL frames...

Page 1930: ...Control dot1xAuthQuitePeriod dot1xAuthTxPeriod dot1xAuthSuppTimeout dot1xAuthServerTimeout dot1xAuthMaxReq dot1xAuthReAuthPeriod dot1xAuthReAuthEnabled aaa authentication 802 1x Enables disables the s...

Page 1931: ...Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines This command is typically only used for troubleshooting to reset the port access control mechanism in the switch When this command is entered all traffic on...

Page 1932: ...delines This command forces a port to be re authenticated regardless of the re authentication setting config ured for the 802 1x command Re authentication is transparent to the user It does not affect...

Page 1933: ...nds between each retry If no EAP frames are received from a device connected to an 802 1x port the device is considered a non 802 1x client non supplicant Specify 0 for the number of retries to bypass...

Page 1934: ...ts alaDot1xSuppPollingCnt 802 1x captive portal address Displays information about ports configured for 802 1X show 802 1x non supplicant Displays a list of all non 802 1x supplicants learned on one o...

Page 1935: ...d Use this VLAN ID number for device classification default vlan Assigns supplicant to the default VLAN for the 802 1x port block Blocks supplicant access on the 802 1x port captive portal Use Captive...

Page 1936: ...parameters referred to as terminal parameters or policies This applies to both pass and fail policies If a terminal parameter is not specified the block parameter is used by default If the captive po...

Page 1937: ...plicants 802 1x non supplicant policy Configures device classification policies that do not perform 802 1x or MAC authentication for non supplicants 802 1x policy default Resets the device classificat...

Page 1938: ...based device classification Defaults When 802 1x is enabled on the port all non supplicant traffic is blocked by default Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Non supplicant device clas...

Page 1939: ...tion group mobility captive portal 802 1x 5 10 non supplicant policy authentication vlan 27 fail vlan 500 default vlan 802 1x 2 1 non supplicant policy authentication vlan 10 default vlan 802 1x 6 1 n...

Page 1940: ...niSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Because this policy does not use 802 1x or MAC authentication non supplicants are only classified for assignment to non authenticated VLANs Note that if a non supplicant...

Page 1941: ...classification policies for sup plicants 802 1x non supplicant policy authentication Configures MAC authentication device classification policies for non supplicants 802 1x policy default Resets the...

Page 1942: ...cy to the default policy value Defaults N A Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The default non supplicant policy blocks all non supplicants from accessing the 802 1x port The default...

Page 1943: ...02 1x non supplicant policy authentication Configures MAC authentication device classification policies for non supplicants 802 1x non supplicant policy Configures device classification policies that...

Page 1944: ...vlan parameter for the pass case and the block parameter for the fail case Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Captive Portal device classification policies are applied only when succ...

Page 1945: ...classification policies for sup plicants 802 1x non supplicant policy Configures device classification policies that do not perform 802 1x or MAC authentication for non supplicants 802 1x captive por...

Page 1946: ...id range is from 1 999 hours Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The parameters configured with this command apply to the Captive Portal configuration for the speci fied 802...

Page 1947: ...1x captive portal retry count Configures the number of login attempts allowed before the Captive Portal fail policy is applied to the device 802 1x captive portal policy authentication Configures a C...

Page 1948: ...Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines The parameters configured with this command apply to the Captive Portal configuration for the speci fied 802 1x port When a device has failed the a...

Page 1949: ...aptivePortalRetryCnt 802 1x captive portal session limit Configures the length of an active Captive Portal session 802 1x captive portal policy authentication Configures a Captive Portal device classi...

Page 1950: ...e 10 123 0 1 subnet is already in use on the network use this command to change the second octet of this IP address Note that the second octet is the only configurable part of the Captive Portal IP ad...

Page 1951: ...idelines Changing the Captive Portal proxy server URL value is only necessary if the proxy server URL does not contain any of following in the address www http https proxy When using a proxy server wi...

Page 1952: ...iet period seconds 60 tx period seconds 30 supp timeout seconds 30 server timeout seconds 30 max req 2 re authperiod seconds 3600 reauthentication no Supplicant polling retry count 2 output definition...

Page 1953: ...RADIUS authentication server configured through the aaa radius server command max req The maximum number of times the switch will retransmit a request for authentication information request identity p...

Page 1954: ...ot1xAuthConfigTable dot1xAuthAdminControlledDirections dot1xAuthOperControlledDirections dot1xAuthAuthControlledPortControl dot1xAuthQuietPeriod dot1xAuthTxPeriod dot1xAuthSuppTimeout dot1xAuthServerT...

Page 1955: ...1x users Slot MAC Port User Port Address State Policy Name 3 1 00 60 4f 11 22 33 Authenticated VLAN ID user50 3 1 00 60 4f 44 55 66 Authenticated VLAN ID user51 3 1 00 60 4f 77 88 99 Authenticated VL...

Page 1956: ...ate alaDot1xAuthPolicyTable alaDot1xSuppPolicy alaDot1xNonSuppPolicy Port State The current state of the 802 1X port for a specific user Initialize Disconnected Connecting Authenticating Authenticated...

Page 1957: ...rt 1 13 Last EAPOL frame source 00 0d 0c 00 00 02 Last EAPOL frame version 1 EAPOL frames received 3 EAPOL frames transmitted 3 EAPOL start frames received 1 EAPOL logoff frames received 0 EAP Resp Id...

Page 1958: ...e number of EAPOL Logoff frames that have been received by the switch EAP Resp Id frames received The number of EAP Resp Id frames that have been received by the switch EAP Response frames received Th...

Page 1959: ...vice classification policies for a specific 802 1X port Examples show 802 1x device classification policies Device classification policies on 802 1x port 2 26 Supplicant authentication block Non Suppl...

Page 1960: ...NonSuppPolicy output definitions Supplicant Displays the supplicant device classification policy configured for the 802 1x port Non Supplicant Displays the non supplicant device classification policy...

Page 1961: ...assification Vlan Port Address Status Policy Learned 03 3 00 61 22 15 22 33 Failed Vlan ID 1001 03 3 00 61 22 44 75 66 Authenticated MAC Authent 14 03 11 00 00 39 47 4f 0c Failed Vlan ID 1001 03 11 00...

Page 1962: ...ddress alaDot1xNonSupplicantVlanID Classification Policy The 802 1x device classification policy that was applied to the device VLAN Learned The VLAN ID of the VLAN in which the source MAC address of...

Page 1963: ...ported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the slot port parameter to display the Captive Portal configuration for a specific 802 1X port This command only displays information for 802 1x ports that...

Page 1964: ...AuthPolicyTable alaDot1xCaptivePortalSessionLimit alaDot1xCaptivePortalRetryCnt 802 1x captive portal session limit Configures the length of a Captive Portal session and the number of login attempts a...

Page 1965: ...These commands are used to configure parameters for the Switch Logging utility MIB information for the system commands is as follows Filename AlcatelIND1System MIB Module ALCATEL IND1 SYSTEM MIB A sum...

Page 1966: ...OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines N A Examples swlog no swlog Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Related Commands MIB Objects systemSwitchLoggingGroup systemSwitchLoggingEnable swlog...

Page 1967: ...d to the relative severity of the switch logging message A lower value indicates messages that are more severe a higher value indicates messages that are less severe integer A numerical equivalent val...

Page 1968: ...ary CMM Examples swlog appid 254 level alarm swlog appid policy level info swlog appid policy snmp web aaa vlan level alert no swlog appid debug2 Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced S...

Page 1969: ...witchLoggingGroup systemSwitchLoggingLevelAppId systemSwitchLoggingLevel swlog Enables or disables switch logging swlog output Enables or disables switch logging output to the console file or data soc...

Page 1970: ...socket output When enabled switch logging output is printed to a remote session ip_address The IPv4 or IPv6 address for the remote session host Defaults Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guid...

Page 1971: ...systemSwitchLoggingConsole systemSwitchLoggingHostTable systemSwitchLoggingHostIpAddr systemSwitchLoggingHostPort systemSwitchLoggingHostStatus swlog Enables or disables switch logging swlog appid le...

Page 1972: ...ts Platforms Supported OmniSwitch 6250 Usage Guidelines Use the ls command to determine the amount of available flash memory This command can also be used on the secondary CMM Examples swlog output fl...

Page 1973: ...ing display is too long due to some of the data being old or out of date This command can also be used on the secondary CMM Examples swlog clear Release History Release 6 6 1 command was introduced Re...

Page 1974: ...h logging information to be displayed Use the format mm dd yyyy hh mm where mm represents the month dd is the day yyyy is the year hh is the hour mm is the minutes Use four digits to specify the year...

Page 1975: ...for swlog2 log FILEID fileName swlog2 log endPtr 32 configSize 64000 currentSize 64000 mode 2 Displaying file contents for swlog1 log FILEID fileName swlog1 log endPtr 395 configSize 64000 currentSiz...

Page 1976: ...cation ID Subsystem for which Switch Logging log infor mation is displayed Level The corresponding Severity Level for which Switch Logging informa tion was stored Levels include alarm error alert warn...

Page 1977: ...MM Examples show swlog Switch Logging is INITIALIZED RUNNING Log Device s flash console socket ipaddr 11 1 1 1 socket ipaddr 12 1 1 1 socket ipaddr 13 1 1 1 socket ipaddr 14 1 1 1 All Applications hav...

Page 1978: ...ables or disables switch logging swlog appid level Defines the level at which switch logging information will be filtered for the specified application swlog output Enables or disables switch logging...

Page 1979: ...Licensee agrees not to assign sublicense transfer pledge lease rent or share their rights under this License Agreement Licensee may retain the program media for backup purposes with retention of the...

Page 1980: ...Y TO LICENSEE THIS WARRANTY GIVES THE LICENSEE SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS LICENSEE MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE 6 Limitation of Liability Alcatel Lucent s cumulative liability...

Page 1981: ...of rights or subsequent actions in the event of future breaches 13 Notes to United States Government Users Software and documentation are provided with restricted rights Use duplication or disclosure...

Page 1982: ...ion 3 Redistributions must contain a verbatim copy of this document 4 The names and trademarks of the authors and copyright holders must not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use...

Page 1983: ...s These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or...

Page 1984: ...dified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an...

Page 1985: ...mpliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions...

Page 1986: ...blished by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permissio...

Page 1987: ...ve Cambridge MA 02139 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail If the program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive...

Page 1988: ...AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE F Carnegie Mellon University Provided with thi...

Page 1989: ...y for the benefit of Apptitude Inc and are enforceable by Apptitude Inc in addition to Alcatel Lucent IN NO EVENT SHALL APPTITUDE INC OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES INCLUDING COSTS OF PROC...

Page 1990: ...FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE iii The SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT EXCLUDES LIABILITY FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT PUNITIVE INCIDENTAL AND CONSE QUENTIAL DAMAGES and iv any further distribution of the Run Time M...

Page 1991: ...RPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION P FREESCALE SE...

Page 1992: ...alone and not linked statically or dynami cally to any other software Version 1 1 0 Copyright C 2000 2004 All rights reserved S Solaris Provided with this product is free software Licensee can redistr...

Page 1993: ...6 are same as that of the internet protocol version 6 U CURSES Copyright C 1987 The Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are pe...

Page 1994: ...llen I Holub All rights reserved Z University of Toronto Provided with this product is a code that is modified specifically for use with the STEVIE editor Permis sion is granted to anyone to use this...

Page 1995: ...ot slot number stack set slot slot number saved slot saved slot number reload stack set slot slot number mode stackable standalone reload stack clear slot slot number immediate show system show hardwa...

Page 1996: ...show ssh config show command log show command log status File Management Commands cd path pwd mkdir path dir rmdir path dir ls r path dir dir path dir rename path old_name path new_name rm r path fil...

Page 1997: ...g_num size size name name admin state enable disable no static linkagg agg_num static linkagg agg_num name name static linkagg agg_num no name static linkagg agg_num admin state enable disable static...

Page 1998: ..._num show linkagg port slot port 802 1AB Commands lldp transmit interval seconds lldp transmit hold multiplier num lldp transmit delay seconds lldp reinit delay seconds lldp notification interval seco...

Page 1999: ...ot port logical_port restricted role root guard on off enable disable bridge cist slot port logical_port restricted tcn on off enable disable bridge 1x1 vid slot port logical_port restricted tcn on of...

Page 2000: ...ble disable interfaces slot port port2 flood rate Mbps interfaces slot port port2 clear violation all interfaces slot port port2 hybrid fiber copper autoneg enable disable on off interfaces slot port...

Page 2001: ...lan advertisement linkagg agg_num port slot port vlan list gvrp static vlan restrict linkagg agg_num port slot port vlan list no gvrp static vlan restrict linkagg agg_num port slot port vlan list clea...

Page 2002: ...sociation_name admin state enable disable ethoam endpoint mep_id domain domain_name mac_address association association_name ccm enable disable ethoam endpoint mep_id domain domain_name mac_address as...

Page 2003: ...udld neighbor port slot port show udld status port slot port Port Mapping Commands port mapping port_mapping_sessionid enable disable no port mapping port_mapping_sessionid show port mapping port_mapp...

Page 2004: ...ble disable min pkt gap gap icmp timestamp request reply enable disable min pkt gap gap icmp add mask request reply enable disable min pkt gap gap icmp messages enable disable ip dos scan close port p...

Page 2005: ...no subnets aggregate no ipv6 access list access list name address address prefixLen show ipv6 redist rip show ip access list access list name ipv6 load rip ipv6 rip status enable disable ipv6 rip inva...

Page 2006: ...dhcp snooping binding show ip udp relay service BOOTP NBDD NBNSNBDD DNS TACACS TFTP NTP port show ip udp relay BOOTP NBDD NBNSNBDD DNS TACACS TFTP NTP port show ip udp relay destination BOOTP NBDD NB...

Page 2007: ...sition accept deny drop qos stats interval seconds qos nms priority qos no nms priority qos phones priority priority_value qos no phones qos user port filter shutdown spoof bpdu rip dhcp server dns re...

Page 2008: ...ice_name policy service service_name no destination udp port policy condition condition_name no policy condition condition_name policy condition condition_name source ip ip_address mask netmask policy...

Page 2009: ...ion action_name maximum bandwidth bps policy action action_name no maximum bandwidth policy action action_name maximum depth bytes policy action action_name no maximum depth policy action action_name...

Page 2010: ...obustness robustness ip multicast vlan vid spoofing enable disable no ip multicast vlan vid spoofing ip multicast vlan vid zapping enable disable ip multicast vlan vid proxying enable disable ipv6 mul...

Page 2011: ...mp ssh default server1 server2 local no aaa authentication console telnet ftp http snmp ssh default aaa authentication console telnet ftp http snmp ssh default aaa authentication 802 1x server1 server...

Page 2012: ...n vid default vlan block captive portal 802 1x slot port supplicant non supplicant policy default 802 1x slot port captive portal policy authentication pass group mobility vlan vid default vlan block...

Page 2013: ...6 94 16 96 16 97 16 99 C CCM priority value 25 23 transmission interval 25 11 transmission rate 25 21 CLI logging commands 6 24 6 49 6 51 CMM reload 1 2 running configuration 1 6 show running director...

Page 2014: ...specified port 23 4 23 8 23 10 23 12 23 14 23 16 23 18 23 26 23 27 23 28 23 30 enable 23 2 enable on specified port 23 3 23 27 23 30 registration 23 7 timer 23 11 H health 36 2 I IGMP default 41 7 41...

Page 2015: ...er timeout 41 57 41 89 source timeout 41 59 41 89 spoofing 41 65 41 89 zapping 41 67 41 69 41 89 mobile port properties authentication 21 21 21 23 21 25 21 26 21 27 BPDU ignore 21 20 21 21 default VLA...

Page 2016: ...ort states 16 81 16 83 16 85 pvst mode 16 173 rrstp ring vlan tag 16 114 Spanning Tree bridge parameters maximum aging time 16 35 Spanning Tree port parameters connection type 16 87 16 88 16 89 16 90...

Page 2017: ...Index 5 VLANs 22 1 22 2 administrative status 22 2 default VLAN 22 8 description 22 2 operational status 22 2 port assignments 22 8 rules 21 1 secondary VLAN 22 8 Spanning Tree status 22 4 W warnings...

Page 2018: ...Index Index 6 OmniSwitch 6250 CLI Reference Guide November 2009...

Reviews:

No comments